un-r13-h-01 (2017.02.09)un-r13-h-01 (2017.02.09) annexes 1 communication concerning the approval or...
TRANSCRIPT
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Regulation No. 13-H
Uniform provisions concerning the approval of passenger cars with regard to
braking Contents
Regulation
1. Scope
2. Definitions
3. Application for approval
4. Approval
5. Specifications
6. Tests
7. Modification of vehicle type or braking system and extension of approval
8. Conformity of production
9. Penalties for non-conformity of production
10. Production definitely discontinued
11. Names and addresses of Technical Services responsible for conducting approval
tests, and of Administrative Departments
12. Transitional provisions
åå®èŠå第13-Hå·
ä¹çšè»ã®å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èªå¯ã«é¢ããçµ±äžèŠå®
ç®æ¬¡
èŠå
1. é©çšç¯å²
2. å®çŸ©
3. èªå¯ç³è«
4. èªå¯
5. ä»æ§
6. è©Šéš
7. è»äž¡ååŒåã¯å¶åã·ã¹ãã ã®å€æŽåã³èªå¯ã®æ¡å€§
8. çç£ã®é©åæ§
9. çç£ã®äžé©åã«å¯Ÿãã眰å
10. çç£äžæ¢
11. èªå¯è©Šéšãæ åœããæè¡æ©é¢åã³è¡æ¿å®åºã®å称ãšæåšå°
12. éæž¡èŠå®
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Annexes
1 Communication concerning the approval or extension or refusal or withdrawal of
approval or production definitely discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to braking
pursuant to Regulation No. 13-H
Appendix - List of vehicle data for the purpose of regulation No. 90 approvals
2 Arrangements of approval marks
3 Braking tests and performance of braking systems
Appendix - Procedure for monitoring the state of battery change
éå
1 æ¬èŠå第13-Hå·ã«åºã¥ãå¶åã«ä¿ããè»äž¡ååŒã®èªå¯ããŸãã¯èªå¯ã®æ¡
倧ãæåŠãåæ¶åã¯çç£äžæ¢ã«ä¿ãéç¥
ä»é²âæ¬èŠå第90å·èªå¯ã®ããã®è»äž¡ããŒã¿äžèŠ§è¡š
2 èªå¯ããŒã¯ã®é 眮
3 å¶åè©Šéšåã³å¶åã·ã¹ãã ã®æ§èœ
ä»é²âããããªãŒã®å é»ç¶æ ãç£èŠããããã®æé
4 Provisions relating to energy sources and energy storage devices (energy
accumulators)
5 Distribution of braking among the axles of vehicles
Appendix 1 - Wheel-lock sequence test procedure
Appendix 2 - Torque wheel test procedure
6 Test requirements for vehicles fitted with anti-lock systems
Appendix 1 - Symbols and definitions
Appendix 2 - Utilisation of adhesion
Appendix 3 - Performance on differing adhesion surfaces
Appendix 4 - Method of selection of the low adhesion surface
7 Inertia dynamometer test method for brake linings
8 Special requirements to be applied to the safety aspects of complex electronic
vehicle control systems
4 ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºåã³ãšãã«ã®ãŒè²¯èµè£ 眮ïŒãšãã«ã®ãŒã¢ãã¥ã ã¬ãŒã¿ïŒã«é¢
ããèŠå®
5 è»äž¡ã®è»è»žéã®å¶åé å
ä»é²1âè»èŒªããã¯é åºè©Šéšæé
ä»é²2âãã«ã¯ãã€ãŒã«è©Šéšæé
6 ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã«å¯Ÿããè©ŠéšèŠä»¶
ä»é²1âèšå·åã³å®çŸ©
ä»é²2âç²çåã®å©çš
ä»é²3âç°ãªãç²çè·¯é¢ã§ã®æ§èœ
ä»é²4âäœç²çè·¯é¢ã®éžå®æ¹æ³
7 ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®æ £æ§ååè©Šéšæ¹æ³
8 è€ååé»åè»äž¡æäœè£ 眮ã®å®å šæ§ç¹åŸŽã«é©çšããç¹å¥èŠä»¶
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 1. Scope 1. é©çšç¯å²
1.1.
This Regulation applies to the braking of vehicles of categories M1 and N11.
1 This Regulation offers an alternative set of requirements for category N1 vehicles to
those contained in Regulation No. 13. Contracting Parties that apply both Regulation
1.1.
æ¬èŠåã¯ãè»äž¡åºåM1åã³N1ã®è»äž¡ã®å¶åã«é©çšãã1ã 1 æ¬èŠåã¯ãè»äž¡åºåN1ã®è»äž¡ã«ã€ããŠãæ¬èŠå第13å·ã«èŠå®ãããŠããèŠ
件ã«å¯Ÿããäžé£ã®ä»£æ¿èŠä»¶ãå®ãããã®ã§ãããæ¬èŠå第13å·åã³æ¬èŠåã®
No. 13 and this Regulation recognize approvals to either Regulation as equally valid.
M1 and N1 categories of vehicles are defined in the Consolidated Resolution on the
Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3.), document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2, para. 2
äž¡æ¹ãé©çšããå çåœã¯ããããã®èŠåã«å¯Ÿããèªå¯ãåçã«æå¹ã§ãããš
èªãããã®ã§ãããè»äž¡åºåM1åã³N1ã®è»äž¡ã¯ãè»äž¡æ§é çµ±å決è°ïŒR.E.3ïŒã
ææžECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2ã2é ã§å®çŸ©ãããŠããã
1.2.
This Regulation does not cover:
1.2.
æ¬èŠåã¯ãäžèšã«ã€ããŠã¯å¯Ÿè±¡å€ãšããã
1.2.1.
Vehicles with a design speed not exceeding 25 km/h;
1.2.1.
èšèšé床ã 25 km/h ãè¶ ããªãè»äž¡ã
1.2.2.
Vehicles fitted for invalid drivers.
1.2.3.
The approval of the ESC and BAS systems of the vehicle.
1.2.2.
身äœéããè çšè»äž¡ã
1.2.3.
è»äž¡ã® ESC ããã³ BAS ã·ã¹ãã ã®èªå¯ã
2. Definitions
For the purposes of this Regulation,
2. å®çŸ©
æ¬èŠåã®ç®ç
2.1.
"Approval of a vehicle" means the approval of a vehicle type with regard to braking.
2.1.
ãè»äž¡èªå¯ããšã¯ãå¶åã«é¢ããè»äž¡ååŒã®èªå¯ãããã
2.2.
"Vehicle type" means a category of vehicles which do not differ in such essential
respects as:
2.2.
ãè»äž¡ååŒããšã¯ãäžèšã®æ¬è³ªçãªèŠ³ç¹ã«ãããŠçžéã®ãªãè»äž¡ã®åºåãã
ãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 2.2.1.
The maximum mass, as defined in paragraph 2.11. below;
2.2.1.
äžèš 2.11 é ã§å®çŸ©ããæ倧質é.
2.2.2.
The distribution of mass among the axles;
2.2.2.
è»è»žéã®è³ªéé åã
2.2.3.
The maximum design speed;
2.2.3.
æ倧èšèšé床ã
2.2.4.
A different type of braking equipment, with more particular reference to the presenc
2.2.4.
ç°ãªãååŒã®å¶åè£ çœ®ããã詳现ã«èšãã°ã被çœåŒè»çšå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æç¡åã¯
e or otherwise of equipment for braking a trailer or any presence of electric braking
system;
é»æ°å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æç¡ã
2.2.5.
The engine type;
2.2.5.
ãšã³ãžã³ã®ååŒã
2.2.6.
The number and ratios of gears;
2.2.6.
ã®ã¢ã®æ°åã³æ¯çã
2.2.7.
The final drive ratios;
2.2.7.
æçµæžéæ¯ã
2.2.8.
The tyre dimensions.
2.2.8.
ã¿ã€ã€ã®å¯žæ³ã
2.3.
"Braking equipment" means the combination of parts whose function is progressively
to reduce the speed of a moving vehicle or bring it to a halt, or to keep it stationary if
it is already halted; these functions are specified in paragraph 5.1.2. below. The
equipment consists of the control, the transmission, and the brake proper.
2.3.
ãå¶åè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãèµ°è¡äžã®è»äž¡ã®é床ãæžéè¥ããã¯åæ¢ãããåã¯è»äž¡
ãæ¢ã«åæ¢ããŠããå Žåã¯ãã®ç¶æ ãç¶æãããããã®æ©èœããã€éšåã®çµ
ã¿åãããããããããã®æ©èœã«ã€ããŠã¯ãäžèš5.1.2é ã«å®ãããåœè©²è£ 眮
ã¯æäœè£ 眮ãäŒéè£ çœ®åã³å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœããæ§æãããã
2.4.
"Control" means the part actuated directly by the driver to furnish to the transmission
2.4.
ãæäœè£ 眮ããšã¯ãå¶ååã¯å¶åã®å¶åŸ¡ã«å¿ èŠãªãšãã«ã®ãŒãäŒéè£ çœ®ãžäŸ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) the energy required for braking or controlling it. This energy may be the muscular
energy of the driver, or energy from another source controlled by the driver, or a
combination of these various kinds of energy.
絊ããããã«ãé転è ãçŽæ¥æäœããéšåãããããã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒã¯é転è
ã®çåãé転è ãæäœããä»ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºåã¯ããããçµã¿åããããã®
ã§ãããã
2.5.
"Transmission" means the combination of components comprised between the control
and the brake and linking them functionally. The transmission may be mechanical,
hydraulic, pneumatic, electric or mixed. Where the braking power is derived from or
assisted by a source of energy independent of the driver, the reserve of energy in the
system is likewise part of the transmission.
2.5.
ãäŒéè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãæäœè£ 眮ãšå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœãæ©èœçã«é£çµããæ§æéšåã®
çµåãããããäŒéè£ çœ®ã¯æ©æ¢°åŒã液å§åŒã空æ°å§åŒãé»æ°åŒåã¯ãããã
çµã¿åããããã®ã§ããããå¶ååããé転è 以å€ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºã«ãã£ãŠ
åŸãããå Žååã¯ããã«ããè£å©ãããå Žåã«ã¯ãã·ã¹ãã å ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒ
èç©è£ 眮ãäŒéè£ çœ®ã®äžéšã§ããã
The transmission is divided into two independent functions: the control transmission
and the energy transmission. Whenever the term "transmission" is used alone in this
Regulation, it means both the "control transmission" and the "energy transmission":
äŒéè£ çœ®ã¯ãå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®åã³ãšãã«ã®ãŒäŒéè£ çœ®ãšãã2ã€ã®ç¬ç«ããæ©èœ
ã«åå²ããããæ¬èŠåã§ãäŒéè£ çœ®ããšããçšèªãåç¬ã§çšããããå Žåã¯ã
ãå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ããšããšãã«ã®ãŒäŒéè£ çœ®ãã®äž¡æ¹ãæå³ããã
2.5.1.
"Control transmission" means the combination of the components of the transmission
which control the operation of the brakes, including the control function and the
necessary reserve(s) of energy;
2.5.1.
ãå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœã®äœåãå¶åŸ¡ããäŒéè£ çœ®ã®æ§æéšå
ã®çµåãããããå¶åŸ¡æ©èœåã³ãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ãå«ãã
2.5.2.
"Energy transmission" means the combination of the components which supply to the
brakes the necessary energy for their function, including the reserve(s) of energy
necessary for the operation of the brakes.
2.5.2.
ããšãã«ã®ãŒäŒéè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãå¶åã«å¿ èŠãªãšãã«ã®ãŒãå¶åè£ çœ®ã«äŸçµŠã
ãæ§æéšåã®çµåãããããå¶åã«å¿ èŠãªãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ãå«ãã
2.6.
"Brake" means the part in which the forces opposing the movement of the vehicle
develop. It may be a friction brake (when the forces are generated by friction between
two parts of the vehicle moving relatively to one another); an electrical brake (when
the forces are generated by electro-magnetic action between two parts of the vehicle
2.6.
ãå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœããšã¯ãè»äž¡ã®å¶ååãçºçããéšåããããããã¯ãæ©æŠ
åŒå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœïŒè»äž¡ã®2ã€ã®éšåã®çžå¯Ÿçéåã«ããçããæ©æŠåã«ããå Ž
åïŒãé»æ°åŒå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœïŒè»äž¡ã®äºãã«æ¥è§Šããããšã®ãªã2ã€ã®éšåã®çž
察çéåã«ããçããé»ç£åã«ããå ŽåïŒã液äœåŒå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœïŒè»äž¡ã®2
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) moving relatively to but not in contact with one another); a fluid brake (when the
forces are generated by the action of a fluid situated between two parts of the vehicle
moving relatively to one another); or an engine brake (when the forces are derived
from an artificial increase in the braking action, transmitted to the wheels, of the
engine).
ã€ã®éšåã®çžå¯Ÿçéåã«ããçããæµäœã®äœçšã«ããå ŽåïŒãåã¯ãšã³ãžã³
ãã¬ãŒãïŒååæ©ã®å¶åäœçšãè»èŒªã«äŒéãããå ŽåïŒã§ããã
2.7.
"Different types of braking equipment" means equipment which differ in such
essential respects as:
2.7.
ãååŒã®ç°ãªãå¶åè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãäžèšã®æ¬è³ªçãªèŠ³ç¹ã«ãããŠç°ãªãè£ çœ®ã
ããã
2.7.1.
Components having different characteristics;
2.7.1.
ç°ãªãç¹æ§ããã€æ§æéšåã
2.7.2.
A component made of materials having different characteristics, or a component
differing in shape or size;
2.7.2.
ç°ãªãç¹æ§ããã€ææã§é ãããæ§æéšååã¯åœ¢ç¶è¥ããã¯å¯žæ³ã®ç°ãªãæ§
æéšåã
2.7.3.
A different assembly of the components.
2.7.3.
çµç«ãŠãç°ãªãæ§æéšåã
2.8.
"Component of the braking equipment" means one of the individual parts which, when
assembled, constitutes the braking equipment.
2.8.
ãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ§æéšåããšã¯ãçµã¿ç«ãŠãããå¶åè£ çœ®ãæ§æããåã ã®éš
åã® 1 ã€ãããã
2.9.
"Progressive and graduated braking" means braking during which, within the normal
operating range of the device, and during actuation of the brakes (see paragraph 2.16.
below):
2.9.
ã挞é²çåã³çŽ¯é²çå¶åããšã¯ãè£ çœ®ã®éåžžã®äœåç¯å²å ã§ããã€å¶åè£ çœ®
ã®äœåäžã«äžèšã®æ©èœãæããå¶åãããïŒäžèš 2.16 é åç §ïŒã
2.9.1.
The driver can at any moment increase or decrease the braking force by acting on the
control;
2.9.1.
é転è ãå¶åè£ çœ®ãæäœããããšã«ãã£ãŠããã€ã§ãå¶ååãå¢å€§åã¯æžå°
ã§ããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 2.9.2.
The braking force varies proportionally as the action on the control (monotonic
function);
2.9.2.
å¶ååãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœåã«å¿ããŠæ¯äŸçã«å€åããïŒå調æ©èœïŒã
2.9.3.
The braking force can be easily regulated with sufficient precision.
2.9.3.
ååãªç²ŸåºŠã§å®¹æã«å¶ååã調ç¯ã§ããã
2.10.
"Laden vehicle" means, except where otherwise stated, a vehicle so laden as to attain
its "maximum mass".
2.10.
ãç©èŒè»äž¡ããšã¯ãå¥ã«å®çŸ©ãããŠããå Žåãé€ãããã®ãæ倧質éãã«é
ããããã«ç©èŒãããè»äž¡ãããã
2.11.
"Maximum mass" means the maximum mass stated by the vehicle manufacturer to be
technically permissible (this mass may be higher than the "permissible maximum
mass" laid down by the national administration).
2.11.
ãæ倧質éããšã¯ãè»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæ瀺ããæè¡çã«èš±å®¹ãããæ倧質éã
ããïŒãã®è³ªéã¯åœã®è¡æ¿æ©é¢ãèŠå®ããã蚱容ãããæ倧質éããè¶ ãã
å ŽåãããïŒã
2.12.
"The distribution of mass among the axles" means the distribution of the effect of the
gravity on the mass of the vehicle and/or its contents among the axles.
2.12.
ãè»è»žéã®è³ªéé åããšã¯ãè»äž¡ã®è³ªéã«åãéåã®åœ±é¿ã®é ååã¯ãã®è»
軞éã®é åãããã
2.13.
"Wheel/axle load" means the vertical static reaction (force) of the road surface in the
contact area on the wheel/wheels of the axle.
2.13.
ã茪è·éãåã¯ãè»è»žè·éããšã¯ãè»è»žã«ã€ãã 1 ååã¯ãã¹ãŠã®è»èŒªãšè·¯
é¢ã®æ¥è§Šé¢ã«ãããåçŽãªéçåäœçšïŒåïŒãããã
2.14.
"Maximum stationary wheel/axle load" means the stationary wheel/axle load achieved
under the condition of the laden vehicle.
2.14.
ãæ倧éç茪è·éãåã¯ãæ倧軞è·éããšã¯ãè»äž¡ãç©èŒç¶æ ã§éæ¢ããŠã
ããšãã®èŒªè·éåã¯è»žè·éãããã
2.15.
"Hydraulic braking equipment with stored energy" means a braking equipment where
energy is supplied by a hydraulic fluid under pressure, stored in one or more
accumulator(s) fed from one or more pressure pump(s), each fitted with a means of
2.15.
ãèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒããã€æ¶²å§åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ããšã¯ããã®æ倧å§åãå¶éããè£
眮ãåããå§åãã³ãããã®äŸçµŠã«ãã£ãŠãèå§ãããèç©è£ 眮å ã®æ¶²å§ã«
ãã£ãŠãšãã«ã®ãŒãäŸçµŠãããå¶åè£ çœ®ãããããã®æ倧å§åã¯ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) limiting the pressure to a maximum value. This value shall be specified by the
manufacturer.
æå®ããã
2.16.
"Actuation" means both application and release of the control.
2.16.
ãäœåããšã¯ãæäœè£ 眮ã®å®æœåã³è§£é€ãããã
2.17.
"Electric regenerative braking" means a braking system which, during deceleration,
provides for the conversion of vehicle kinetic energy into electrical energy.
2.17.
ãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãæžéäžã«ãè»äž¡ã®éåãšãã«ã®ãŒãé»æ°ãšã
ã«ã®ãŒã«å€æããããã«åããå¶åè£ çœ®ãããã
2.17.1.
"Electric regenerative braking control" means a device which modulates the action of
the electric regenerative braking system;
2.17.1.
ãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ããšã¯ãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã®äœåãå¶åŸ¡ããè£
眮ãããã
2.17.2.
"Electric regenerative braking system of category A" means an electric regenerative
braking system which is not part of the service braking system;
2.17.2.
ãA åºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äžéšã§ã¯ãªãé»æ°åŒå
çå¶åè£ çœ®ãããã
2.17.3.
"Electric regenerative braking system of category B" means an electric regenerative
braking system which is part of the service braking system;
2.17.3.
ãB åºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ããšã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äžéšã§ããé»æ°åŒåç
å¶åè£ çœ®ãããã
2.17.4.
"Electric state of charge" means the instantaneous ratio of electric quantity of energy
stored in the traction battery relative to the maximum quantity of electric energy
which could be stored in this battery;
2.17.4.
ãå é»çããšã¯ãé§åçšèé»æ± ã«èç©å¯èœãªé»æ°ãšãã«ã®ãŒã®æ倧éã«å¯Ÿã
ããåœè©²èé»æ± ã«è²¯èµãããŠããé»æ°ãšãã«ã®ãŒéã®æ¯ãããã
2.17.5.
"Traction battery" means an assembly of accumulators constituting the storage of
energy used for powering the traction motor(s) of the vehicle.
2.17.5.
ãé§åçšèé»æ± ããšã¯ãè»äž¡ã®é§åçšé»åæ©ã«ååãäžããããã«çšããã
ããšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ãããã
2.18.
"Phased braking" is a means which may be used where two or more sources of
2.18.
ãå調å¶åããšã¯ãåäžã®æäœè£ 眮ã«ããã2 ã€ä»¥äžã®å¶ååãæäœããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) braking are operated from a common control, whereby one source may be given
priority by phasing back the other source(s) so as to make increased control movement
necessary before they begin to be brought into operation.
ã®ã§ãã£ãŠãäžã€ã®å¶ååã«å¯Ÿãããã以å€ã®å¶ååãå調ãããããšã«ã
ã£ãŠãå¶ååãäœåããåã«å¶åŸ¡ãåäžãããããã«çšããæ段ãããã
2.19.
"Nominal value" definitions for braking reference performance are required to put a
value on the transfer function of the braking system, relating output to input for
vehicles individually.
2.19.
å¶åæ§èœã«å¯Ÿãããå ¬ç§°å€ããå®ããããšã¯ãè»äž¡å¶åãžã®å ¥åã«å¯Ÿããåº
åã«ä¿ãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®äŒéé¢æ°ã®å€ãèšå®ããããã«å¿ èŠã§ããã
2.19.1.
"Nominal value" is defined as the characteristic which can be demonstrated at type
approval and which relates the braking rate of the vehicle on its own to the level of the
braking input variable.
2.19.1.
ãå ¬ç§°å€ãã¯ååŒèªå¯æã«ç¢ºèªããããšãã§ãããã€ãå¶åå ¥åå€æ°ã®å€§ã
ãã«å¯Ÿããè»äž¡èªäœã®å¶åçã«é¢ä¿ããç¹æ§ãšããŠå®çŸ©ãããã
2.20.
"Automatically commanded braking" means a function within a complex electronic
control system where actuation of the braking system(s) or brakes of certain axles is
made for the purpose of generating vehicle retardation with or without a direct action
of the driver, resulting from the automatic evaluation of on-board initiated
information.
2.20.
ãèªåæ什å¶åããšã¯ãé転è ã®çŽæ¥æäœã®æç¡ã«ããããããæèŒããæ©
åšã«ããæ€åºããæ å ±ãèªåçã«å€æããè»äž¡ãæžéãããããã«å¶åè£ çœ®
åã¯ç¹å®ã®è»žã®å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœãäœåãããè€åé»åå¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã å ã®æ©èœã
ããã
2.21.
"Selective braking" means a function within a complex electronic control system
where actuation of individual brakes is made by automatic means in which vehicle
retardation is secondary to vehicle behaviour modification.
2.21.
ãéžæå¶åããšã¯ãæžéãããè»äž¡ã®æåä¿®æ£ãåªå ããèªåå¶åè£ çœ®ã«ã
ããåã ã®å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœãäœåãããè€åé»åå¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã å ã®æ©èœãããã
2.22.
"Braking signal": logic signal indicating brake activation as specified in paragraph
5.2.22.
2.22.
ãå¶åä¿¡å·ããšã¯ã5.2.22 é ã«èŠå®ãããå¶åã®åäœã衚瀺ããè«çä¿¡å·ã
ããã
2.23.
"Emergency braking signal": logic signal indicating emergency braking as specified in
2.23.
ãç·æ¥å¶åä¿¡å·ããšã¯ã5.2.23 é ã«èŠå®ãããç·æ¥å¶åã衚瀺ããè«çä¿¡å·
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) paragraph 5.2.23. ãããã
2.24.
"Identification Code" identifies the brake discs or brake drums covered by the braking
system approval according to this regulation. It contains at least the manufacturer's
trade name or trademark and an identification number.
2.24.
ãèå¥ã³ãŒããã¯ãæ¬èŠåã«åŸã£ãå¶åã·ã¹ãã ã®èªå¯ã®å¯Ÿè±¡ã§ãããã¬ãŒ
ããã£ã¹ã¯åã¯ãã¬ãŒããã©ã ããããåœè©²ã³ãŒãã¯ãå°ãªããšãã¡ãŒã«ãŒ
ã®åå·ãåæšåã³èå¥çªå·ãå«ãã
3. Application for approval 3. èªå¯ç³è«
3.1.
The application for approval of a vehicle type with regard to braking shall be
submitted by the vehicle manufacturer or by his duly accredited representative.
3.1.
å¶åã«é¢ããååŒã®èªå¯ç³è«ã¯ãè»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒåã¯ãã®æ£èŠã®å§ä»»ä»£ç人ã
æåºãããã®ãšããã
3.2.
It shall be accompanied by the under-mentioned documents in triplicate and by the
following particulars:
3.2.
ç³è«ã«ã¯ãäžèšã®æžé¡ 3 éšåã³çŽ°ç®ãæ·»ä»ããã
3.2.1.
A description of the vehicle type with regard to the items specified in paragraph 2.2.
above. The numbers and/or symbols identifying the vehicle type and the engine type
shall be specified;
3.2.1.
äžèš 2.2 é ã«è¿°ã¹ãé ç®ã«é¢ããååŒã®èª¬ææžãååŒåã³ãšã³ãžã³ååŒãè
å¥ããçªå·åã¯èšå·ãèšèŒãããã®ãšããã
3.2.2.
A list of the components, duly identified, constituting the braking equipment;
3.2.2.
å¶åæ©åšãæ§æããæ§æéšåããé©åã«èå¥ããŠèšèŒãããªã¹ãã
3.2.3.
A diagram of assembled braking equipment and an indication of the position of its
components on the vehicle;
3.2.3.
çµã¿ç«ãŠãå¶åæ©åšã®å³è¡šåã³ãã®æ§æéšåã®è»äž¡äžã®äœçœ®ã瀺ããã®ã
3.2.4.
Detailed drawings of each component to enable it to be easily located and identified.
3.2.4.
容æã«é 眮ããããšãã§ãããã€ãèå¥ããããšãã§ãããåæ§æéšåã®è©³
现ãªå³é¢ã
3.3. 3.3.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) A vehicle, representative of the vehicle type to be approved, shall be submitted to the
Technical Service conducting the approval tests.
èªå¯ãåããååŒã®èŠæ¬ãšãªãè»äž¡ããèªå¯è©Šéšãå®æœããæè¡æ©é¢ã«æåº
ãããã®ãšããã
4. Approval 4. èªå¯
4.1.
If the vehicle type submitted for approval pursuant to this Regulation meets the
requirements of paragraphs 5. and 6. below, approval of that vehicle type shall be
granted.
4.1.
æ¬èŠåã«åŸã£ãŠèªå¯ã®ç³è«ãè¡ã£ãååŒããäžèš 5 é åã³ 6 é ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©å
ããå Žåãåœè©²ååŒã®èªå¯ã¯ä»äžããããã®ãšããã
4.2.
An approval number shall be assigned to each type approved, its first two digits shall
indicate the series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical
amendments made to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval. The same
Contracting Party shall not assign the same number to the same vehicle type equipped
with another type of braking equipment, or to another vehicle type.
4.2.
èªå¯çªå·ã¯ãèªå¯ãããååŒããšã«å²ãåœãŠããããèªå¯çªå·ã®æåã® 2 æ¡
ã¯ãååŒã®èªå¯ãè¡ãæç¹ã«ãããæ¬èŠåã«ææ°ã®æè¡çä¿®æ£ãå ãããã
éã®æ¹èšçãè¡šããã®ãšãããåãç· çŽåœããå¥ã®ååŒã®å¶åæ©åšãè£ åã
ãåãååŒã«å¯ŸããŠåã¯å¥ã®ååŒã«å¯ŸããŠãåãèªå¯çªå·ãå²ãåœãŠãŠã¯ãª
ããªãã
4.3.
Notice of approval or of refusal of approval of a vehicle type pursuant to this
Regulation shall be communicated to the Parties to the Agreement which apply this
Regulation by means of a form conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this Regulation
and of a summary of the information contained in the documents referred to in
paragraphs 3.2.1. to 3.2.4. above, the drawings supplied by the applicant for approval
being in a format not exceeding A4 (210 x 297 mm), or folded to that format, and on
an appropriate scale.
4.3.
æ¬èŠåã«åºã¥ãååŒã®èªå¯åã¯èªå¯ã®æåŠã®éç¥ã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå 1 ã®ã¢ã
ã«ã«æºæ ããæžåŒåã³äžèš 3.2.1 é ãã 3.2.4 é ã«èšããææžã«èšèŒãããæ
å ±ã®èŠçŽãç³è«è ãèªå¯çšã«æåºãã A4ïŒ210Ã297 mmïŒãµã€ãºãè¶ ããªã
æžåŒå㯠A4 çãè¶ ããªãããã«æãç³ãã ç¶æ ã«ããŠãæ¬èŠåãé©çšãã
åå®ç· çŽåœã«éç¥ãããã®ãšããã
4.4.
There shall be affixed, conspicuously and in a readily accessible place specified on the
approval form, to every vehicle conforming to a vehicle type approved under this
Regulation, an international approval mark consisting of:
4.4.
æ¬èŠåã«åºã¥ããŠèªå¯ãããååŒã«é©åããåè»äž¡ã«ã¯ãåœéèªå¯ããŒã¯ã
貌ä»ããããããããŒã¯ã¯ãèªå¯æžé¡ã«èšèŒããã容æã«è¿ã¥ããå Žæã«ã¯
ã£ãããšèŠããããã«è²Œä»ãããã®ãšããããããåœéèªå¯ããŒã¯ã¯ã以äž
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09)
ã®èŠçŽ ã§æ§æããã
4.4.1.
A circle surrounding the letter "E" followed by the distinguishing number of the
country which has granted approval4, and of 4 The distinguish numbers of the Contracting Parties to the 1958 Agreement are
reproduced in Annex 3 to Consolidated Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles
(R.E.3), document TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2.
4.4.1.
æåãEãã®åŸã«ãèªå¯ãä»äžããåœã®èå¥çªå·4ãç¶ãããããåã§å²ãã
4 1958 幎åå®ç· çŽåœã®èå¥çªå·ã¯ãè»äž¡æ§é çµ±å決è°ïŒR.E.3ïŒã®éå 3ãæ
æž TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2.ã«è»¢èŒãããŠããã
4.4.2.
The number of this Regulation, followed by the letter "R", a dash and the approval
number to the right of the circle prescribed in paragraph 4.4.1. above.
4.4.2.
äžèš 4.4.1 é ã«èšããåã®å³ã«æ¬èŠåã®æ°åããã®åŸã«æåãRããããã·ã¥
åã³èªå¯çªå·ãç¶ããã
4.5.
If the vehicle conforms to a vehicle type approved under one or more other
Regulations, annexed to the Agreement, in the country which has granted approval
under this Regulation, the symbol prescribed in paragraph 4.4.1. above, need not be
repeated; in such a case, the Regulation and approval numbers and the additional
symbols of all the regulations under which approval has been granted in the country
which has granted approval under this Regulation shall be placed in vertical columns
to the right of the symbol prescribed in paragraph 4.4.1. above.
4.5.
è»äž¡ããæ¬èŠåã«åºã¥ãèªå¯ãä»äžãããåœã«ãããŠãæ¬åå®ã«ä»å±ããèŠ
åã®äžã€åã¯ãã®ä»ã®è€æ°ã®èŠåã«æºæ ããèªå¯æžè»ååŒã«é©åããå Žå
ã¯ãäžèš 4.4.1 é ã«å®ããèšå·ãå埩ããå¿ èŠã¯ãªãããã®å Žåãæ¬èŠåã«åº
ã¥ããŠèªå¯ãä»äžããåœã«ãããŠãæ¢ã«èªå¯ãåããŠããæ¬èŠå䞊ã³ã«å šèŠ
åã®èªå¯çªå·åã³è¿œå èšå·ã¯ãäžèš 4.4.1 é ã«å®ããèšå·ã®å³åŽã«çžŠã«äžŠã¹ãŠ
衚瀺ãããã®ãšããã
4.6.
The approval mark shall be clearly legible and be indelible.
4.6.
èªå¯ããŒã¯ã¯ãæ確ã«å€èªãã§ããæ¶ããªããã®ãšããã
4.7.
The approval mark shall be placed close to or on the vehicle data plate.
4.7.
èªå¯ããŒã¯ã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæ·»ä»ããè»äž¡ã®ç¹æ§ãªã©ã衚瀺ãããã¬ãŒãäžå
ã¯ãã®ä»è¿ã«åãä»ãããã®ãšããã
4.8.
Annex 2 to this Regulation gives examples of arrangements of approval marks.
4.8.
æ¬èŠåã®éå 2 ã«èªå¯ããŒã¯ã®é 眮äŸã瀺ãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5. Specifications 5. ä»æ§
5.1.
General
5.1
äžè¬èŠä»¶
5.1.1.
Braking equipment
5.1.1.
å¶åæ©åš
5.1.1.1.
The braking equipment shall be so designed, constructed and fitted as to enable the
vehicle in normal use, despite the vibration to which it may be subjected, to comply
with the provisions of this Regulation.
5.1.1.1.
å¶åæ©åšã¯ãéåžžã®äœ¿çšç¶æ ã«ãããŠåããå¯èœæ§ã®ããæ¯åã«èãããã€ã
æ¬èŠåã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åã§ããããã«èšèšã補é ãããè»äž¡ã«è£ åããããã®ãš
ããã
5.1.1.2.
In particular, the braking equipment shall be so designed, constructed and fitted as to
be able to resist the corroding and ageing phenomena to which it is exposed.
5.1.1.2.
ç¹ã«ãå¶åæ©åšã¯ãè é£åã³çµæå£åçŸè±¡ã«èããããããã«èšèšã補é ã
ããè»äž¡ã«è£ åããããã®ãšããã
5.1.1.3.
Brake linings shall not contain asbestos.
5.1.1.3.
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã¯ãã¢ã¹ãã¹ããå«ãŸãªããã®ãšããã
5.1.1.4.
The effectiveness of the braking equipment shall not be adversely affected by
magnetic or electrical fields. This shall be demonstrated by fulfilling the technical
requirements and and respecting the transitional provisions of Regulation No. 10 by
applying:
(a) The 03 series of amendments for vehicles without a coupling
system for charging the Rechargeable Electric Energy Storage System
(traction batteries).
(b) The 04 series of amendments for vehicles with a coupling system for
charging the Rechargeable Electric Energy Storage System (traction batteries).
5.1.1.4.
å¶åæ©åšã®å¹åã¯ãç£çåã¯é»çã«ããæªåœ±é¿ãåããªããã®ãšãããïŒæ¬ä»¶
ã¯æ¬åå®èŠå第 10 å·ã®ç¬¬ 2 æ¹èšçã«é©åããããšã«ãã確èªãããã®ãšã
ããïŒ
(a) å é»åŒé»æ°ãšãã«ã®ãŒè²¯èµã·ã¹ãã ïŒé§åçšããããª
ãŒïŒã®å é»çšã®é£çµã·ã¹ãã ãåããŠããªãè»äž¡ã«é¢ãã 03 æ¹
èšã·ãªãŒãºã
(b) å é»åŒé»æ°ãšãã«ã®ãŒè²¯èµã·ã¹ãã ïŒé§åçšããããªãŒïŒã®å é»çš
ã®é£çµã·ã¹ãã ãåããè»äž¡ã«é¢ãã 04 æ¹èšã·ãªãŒãºã
5.1.1.5. 5.1.1.5.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) A failure detection signal may interrupt momentarily (< 10 ms) the demand signal in
the control transmission, provided that the braking performance is thereby not
reduced.
å¶åæ©åšã®æ éæ€åºä¿¡å·ã¯ãããã«ããå¶åæ§èœãäœäžããªãå Žåã¯ãå¶åŸ¡
äŒéè£ çœ®ã®å¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·ãç¬éçã«ïŒãã ã 10 ms æªæºïŒäžæãããããšãã§ã
ãã
5.1.2.
Functions of the braking equipment
The braking equipment defined in paragraph 2.3. must fulfil the following functions:
5.1.2.
å¶åæ©åšã®æ©èœ
2.3 é ã«å®çŸ©ããå¶åæ©åšã¯ã次ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.1.2.1.
Service braking system
The service braking system must make it possible to control the movement of the
vehicle and to halt it safely, speedily and effectively, whatever its speed and load, on
any up or down gradient. It must be possible to graduate this braking action. The
driver must be able to achieve this braking action from his driving seat without
removing his hands from the steering control.
5.1.2.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ããããªãé床åã³è² è·ã§ãã£ãŠããåè·¯äžã«ãããŠããè»äž¡
ã®èµ°è¡ãå¶åŸ¡ããå®å šãè¿ éããã€ãæå¹ã«è»äž¡ãåæ¢ãããããšãã§ããª
ããã°ãªããªãããã®å¶ååã¯èª¿ç¯å¯èœã§ããããã€ãé転è ãé転åžã«ã
ããŠããåãã³ãã«ããäž¡æãé¢ããã«è¡ãããšãã§ããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.1.2.2.
Secondary braking system
The secondary braking system must make it possible by application of the service
brake control to halt the vehicle within a reasonable distance in the event of failure of
the service braking system.
It must be possible to graduate this braking action. The driver must be able to obtain
this braking action from his driving seat without removing his hands from the steering
control. For the purposes of these provisions it is assumed that not more than one
failure of the service braking system can occur at one time.
5.1.2.2.
è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®
è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãæ éãããšãã«ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ãçš
ããŠè»äž¡ã劥åœãªè·é¢ã§åæ¢ãããããšãã§ããªããã°ãªããªãããã®å¶å
åã¯èª¿ç¯å¯èœã§ããããã€ãé転è ãé転åžã«ãããŠããåãã³ãã«ããäž¡
æãé¢ããã«è¡ãããšãã§ããªããã°ãªããªãããã®èŠä»¶ã«é¢ããŠã¯ãäž»å¶
åè£ çœ®ã«ã¯2ã€ä»¥äžã®æ éãåæã«çºçããªãããšãåæãšããã
5.1.2.3.
Parking braking system
The parking braking system must make it possible to hold the vehicle stationary on an
up or down gradient even in the absence of the driver, the working parts being then
5.1.2.3.
é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®
é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãé転è ãä¹è»ããŠããªãå Žåã§ããåéäžã§è»äž¡ãåæ¢ç¶
æ ã«ç¶æãããããšãã§ãããã®ã§ããããã€ãæ©æ¢°çäœçšã«ããåæ¢ç¶æ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) held in the locked position by a purely mechanical device. The driver must be able to
achieve this braking action from his driving seat.
ã«ä¿æã§ããæ§èœãæãããã®ã§ãããå¶åæäœã¯ãé転è ãé転åžããè¡
ãããšãã§ããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.1.3.
The requirements of Annex 8 shall be applied to the safety aspects of all complex
electronic vehicle control systems, including those defined in an independent
regulation, which provide or form part of the control transmission of the braking
function, included those which utilize the braking system(s) for automatically
commanded braking or selective braking.
However, vehicles equipped with systems or functions, including those defined in an
independent regulation, which use the braking system as the means of achieving a
higher level objective, are subject to Annex 8 only insofar as they have a direct effect
on the braking system. If such systems are provided, they must not be deactivated
during type approval testing of the braking system.
5.1.3.
éå8ã®èŠä»¶ã¯ãèªååœä»€å¶åãŸãã¯éžæåå¶åã®ããã«å¶åã·ã¹ãã ãå©çš
ãããã®ãå«ããå¶åæ©èœã®å¶åŸ¡ãã©ã³ã¹ããã·ã§ã³ãæäŸãããããŸãã¯
ãã®äžéšã圢æããããã¹ãŠã®è€ååé»åè»äž¡ã³ã³ãããŒã«ã·ã¹ãã ã®å®å š
èŠçŽ ã«é©çšãããã®ãšãããã®å¯Ÿè±¡ã«ã¯ç¬ç«èŠåã«èŠå®ããããã®ãå«ãã
ãã ããç¬ç«èŠåã«èŠå®ããããã®ãå«ããããäžäœã®ç®çãéæããæ段
ãšããŠå¶åã·ã¹ãã ã䜿çšããã·ã¹ãã ãŸãã¯æ©èœãåããè»äž¡ã¯ããã®ã·
ã¹ãã ãŸãã¯æ©èœãåœè©²å¶åã·ã¹ãã ã«çŽæ¥çãªåœ±é¿ãåãŒãå Žåã«éãã
éå8ã®é©çšãåããããããã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããå Žåã¯ãå¶åã·ã¹ãã ã®å
åŒèªå¯ãã¹ãäžã«äžäœåç¶æ ã«ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.1.4.
Provisions for the periodic technical inspection of braking systems
5.1.4.
å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å®ææè¡æ€æ»ã«é¢ããèŠå®
5.1.4.1.
It shall be possible to assess the wear condition of the components of the service brake
that are subject to wear e.g. friction linings and drums/discs (in the case of drums or
discs, wear assessment may not necessarily be carried out at the time of periodic
technical inspection). The method by which this may be realized is defined in
paragraphs 5.2.11.2. of this Regulation.
5.1.4.1.
æ©æŠã©ã€ãã³ã°åã³ãã©ã åã¯ãã£ã¹ã¯ãªã©ã磚èããããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®æ§æ
éšåã¯ã磚èç¶æ ã確èªããããšãå¯èœãªãã®ã§ãããã®ãšããïŒãã©ã å
ã¯ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®å Žåãå®ææè¡æ€æ»æã«ãå¿ ããã磚èã®ç¢ºèªãè¡ããªããŠã
ããïŒããã®ç¢ºèªæ¹æ³ã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®5.2.11.2é ã«å®çŸ©ãããŠããã
5.1.4.2.
It shall be possible to verify, in a frequent and simple way, the correct operational
status of those complex electronic systems which have control over braking. If special
information is needed, this shall be made freely available.
5.1.4.2.
å¶åã®å¶åŸ¡ãè¡ãè€åé»åã·ã¹ãã ã¯ãæ£ããåäœç¶æ ããã€ã§ãç°¡åã«æ€
蚌ããããšãå¯èœã§ãããã®ãšãããå°çšã®æ å ±ãå¿ èŠãªå Žåã«ã¯ãèªç±ã«
å ¥æããããšãã§ãããã®ãšããã
5.1.4.2.1. 5.1.4.2.1.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Where the operational status is indicated to the driver by warning signals, as specified
in this Regulation, it shall be possible at a periodic technical inspection to confirm the
correct operational status by visual observation of the warning signals following a
power-on.
æ¬èŠåã«å®ããéããèŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã«ããåäœç¶æ ãé転è ã«ç€ºãããå Žåãå®
ææè¡æ€æ»ã«ãããŠãé»æºãå ¥ããåŸã«èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãèŠèªããããšã«ãããæ£
ããåäœç¶æ ã確èªããããšãå¯èœã§ãããã®ãšããã
5.1.4.2.2.
At the time of type approval, the means implemented to protect against simple
unauthorized modification of the operation to the verification means chosen by the
manufacturer (e.g. warning signal) shall be confidentially outlined. Alternatively, this
protection requirement is fulfilled when a secondary means of checking the correct
operational status is available.
5.1.4.2.2.
ååŒèªå¯ç³è«æã«ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒã«ãã£ãŠéžæãããåœè©²æ€èšŒæ段ã«å¯ŸããŠãå
äœã®åçŽãªäžæ£æ¹é ãé²æ¢ããããã®æ段ïŒèŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãªã©ïŒã¯ãæ©å¯æ±ãã§
æŠèŠèª¬æããããã®ãšãããããã«ä»£ããŠãæ£ããåäœç¶æ ãç¹æ€ããè£å©
çãªæ段ãå©çšå¯èœã§ããã°ããã®ä¿è·èŠä»¶ã¯æºãããããã®ãšããã
5.1.4.3.
It shall be possible to generate maximum braking forces under static conditions on a
rolling road or roller brake tester.
5.1.4.3.
å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãå転路é¢åã¯ããŒã©ãŒåŒãã¬ãŒããã¹ã¿äžã§ã®éçæ¡ä»¶äžã§æ
倧å¶ååãçºçã§ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.
Characteristics of braking systems
5.2.
å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ç¹æ§
5.2.1.
The set of braking systems with which a vehicle is equipped must satisfy the
requirements laid down for service, secondary and parking braking systems.
5.2.1.
è»äž¡ã«è£ åãããŠããå¶åè£ çœ®äžåŒã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®åã³é§è»
å¶åè£ çœ®ã«èŠå®ãããŠããèŠä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.2.
The systems providing service, secondary and parking braking may have common
components so long as they fulfil the following conditions:
5.2.2.
äžèšã®èŠä»¶ãæºããå Žåã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®åã³é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®
æ§æéšåã¯ãå ±éã®ãã®ãšããããšãã§ããã
5.2.2.1.
There must be at least two controls, independent of each other and readily accessible
to the driver from his normal driving position. Every brake control shall be designed
such that it returns to the fully off position when released. This requirement shall not
apply to a parking brake control when it is mechanically locked in an applied position;
5.2.2.1.
å°ãªããšã2ã€ã®æäœè£ 眮ãç¬ç«ããé転è ãéåžžã®é転äœçœ®ãã容æã«æäœ
ã§ãããã®ã§ãªããã°ãªããªãããã¹ãŠã®å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ã¯ãæäœåã
åãé€ããããšãã«ãå®å šã«è§£é€ã®äœçœ®ã«æ»ããã®ãšããããã®èŠä»¶ã¯ãé§
è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ãäœåäœçœ®ã«åºå®ãããå Žåã«ã¯é©çšããªãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.2.2.2.
The control of the service braking system must be independent of the control of the
parking braking system;
5.2.2.2.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ã¯ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ãšç¬ç«ããŠããªããã°ãª
ããªãã
5.2.2.3.
The effectiveness of the linkage between the control of the service braking system and
the different components of the transmission systems must not be liable to diminish
after a certain period of use;
5.2.2.3.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ãšäŒéè£ çœ®ãšã®éã®ãªã³ã¯æ©æ§ã®å¹çã¯ã䜿çšã«ãã
äœäžãããã®ã§ãã£ãŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.2.2.4.
The parking braking system must be so designed that it can be actuated when the
vehicle is in motion. This requirement may be met by the actuation of the vehicle's
service braking system, even partially, by means of an auxiliary control;
5.2.2.4.
é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãè»äž¡ãèµ°è¡äžã«äœåãããããšãã§ãããã®ã§ãªããã°ãª
ããªãããã ããè£å©æäœè£ 眮ã«ãããéšåçã«äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåãããã
ãšã«ãã£ãŠæºãããŠãããã
5.2.2.5.
Without prejudice to the requirements of paragraph 5.1.2.3. of this Regulation, the
service braking system and the parking braking system may use common components
in their transmission(s), provided that in the event of a failure in any part of the
transmission(s) the requirements for secondary braking are still ensured;
5.2.2.5.
æ¬èŠåã®5.1.2.3é ã®èŠä»¶ã䟵害ããã«ãå¶åè£ çœ®ããäŒéè£ çœ®æ éæã«ãã£
ãŠãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ä¿ãèŠä»¶ãæºããéããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®åã³é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ã
ãã®äŒéè£ çœ®ã«å ±éã®æ§æéšåã䜿çšããŠãããã
5.2.2.6.
In the event of breakage of any component other than the brakes (as defined in
paragraph 2.6. above) and the components referred to in paragraph 5.2.2.10. below, or
of any other failure of the service braking system (malfunction, partial or total
exhaustion of an energy reserve), that part of the service braking system which is not
affected by the failure, must be able to bring the vehicle to a halt in the conditions
prescribed for secondary braking;
5.2.2.6.
å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœïŒäžèš2.6é ã§å®ããéãïŒä»¥å€ã®æ§æéšååã³äžèš5.2.2.10é ã«
èŠå®ãããæ§æéšå以å€ã®æ éåã¯äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ãã®ä»ã®æ éïŒèª€åäœããš
ãã«ã®ãŒèç©æ©èœã®éšåçåã¯å šäœçæ¶èïŒãçããå Žåãæ éã«åœ±é¿ãã
ãªãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®éšåã«ãã£ãŠãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ãšããŠèŠå®ããèŠä»¶ã§è»äž¡ã
åæ¢ãããããšãã§ããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.2.7.
If service braking is ensured by the action of the driver's muscular energy assisted by
one or more energy reserves, secondary braking must, in the event of failure of that
5.2.2.7.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã«ãã£ãŠè£å©ãããé転è ã®çåã®äœçšã«ã
ã£ãŠèŠä»¶ã«é©åããå Žåãçåã®è£å©è£ 眮ã®æ éæã«ã¯ãé転è ã®çååã¯
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) assistance, be capable of being ensured by the driver's muscular energy assisted by the
energy reserves, if any, which are unaffected by the failure, the force applied to the
service brake control not exceeding the prescribed maximum;
æ éã«åœ±é¿ãåããªããšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ã«ãã£ãŠè£å©ãããçåã«ããã
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠä»¶ãšããŠèŠå®ãããæ倧å€ãè¶ ããªãæäœåã§ãè£å©å¶åè£
眮ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.2.8.
If the service braking force and transmission depend exclusively on the use, controlled
by the driver, of an energy reserve, there must be at least two completely independent
energy reserves, each provided with its own transmission, likewise independent; each
of them may act on the brakes of only two or more wheels so selected as to be capable
of ensuring by themselves the prescribed degree of secondary braking without
endangering the stability of the vehicle during braking; in addition, each of the
aforesaid energy reserves must be equipped with a warning device as defined in
paragraph 5.2.14. below;
5.2.2.8.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®åã³äŒéè£ çœ®ããé転è ãæäœããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã®äœ¿çšã®ã¿ã«
ããäœåããå Žåãå°ãªããšã2ã€ã®å®å šã«ç¬ç«ããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒããªãã
ã°ãªããªããåèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã¯ãç¬ç«ããŠåäŒéè£ çœ®ã«ããããäŒããã
ãªããã°ãªããªããåäŒéè£ çœ®ã¯ãå¶åã«ãã£ãŠè»äž¡ã®å®å®æ§ãæãªãããš
ãªããè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åã§ããããéžå®ãã2ã€ä»¥äžã®å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœ
ãäœåãããããšãã§ãããããã«ããããåèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã¯ãäžèš5.2.14
é ã«å®çŸ©ããèŠå ±è£ 眮ãåããŠããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.2.9.
If the service braking force and transmission depend exclusively on the use of an
energy reserve, one energy reserve for the transmission is deemed to be sufficient,
provided that the prescribed secondary braking is ensured by the action of the driver's
muscular energy acting on the service brake control and the requirements of paragraph
5.2.5. are met;
5.2.2.9.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®åã³äŒéè£ çœ®ããå°ãèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã®äœ¿çšã®ã¿ã«ããäœåãã
å Žåãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ããé転è ãçåãçšããããšã«ããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœ
è£ çœ®ãæäœããå Žåã«ãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ä¿ãèŠä»¶ã«é©åãããã€ã5.2.5é ã®
èŠä»¶ãæºããããã®ã§ããã°ãäŒéè£ çœ®ã«ã¯1ã€ã®èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã§ååã ãš
ã¿ãªãããã
5.2.2.10.
Certain parts, such as the pedal and its bearing, the master cylinder and its piston or
pistons, the control valve, the linkage between the pedal and the master cylinder or the
control valve, the brake cylinders and their pistons, and the lever-and-cam assemblies
of brakes, shall not be regarded as liable to breakage if they are amply dimensioned,
are readily accessible for maintenance, and exhibit safety features at least equal to
those prescribed for other essential components (such as the steering linkage) of the
vehicle. Any such part as aforesaid whose failure would make it impossible to brake
5.2.2.10.
ããã«åã³ãã¢ãªã³ã°ããã¹ã¿ãŒã·ãªã³ãåã³ãã®ãã¹ãã³ãã³ã³ãããŒã«
ãã«ããããã«åã³ãã¹ã¿ãŒã·ãªã³ãåã¯ã³ã³ãããŒã«ãã«ããšã®éã®ãªã³
ã¯æ©æ§ããã¬ãŒãã·ãªã³ãåã³ãã®ãã¹ãã³ã䞊ã³ã«ãã¬ãŒãã®ã¬ããŒãã
ã«ã ãŸã§ãæ§æããéšåã«é¡ããéšåã¯ãååãªå€§ããã§ã容æã«æŽåãã
ããšãã§ãããã€ãããåè£ çœ®ãã®ä»ã®éèŠãªæ§æéšåïŒã¹ãã¢ãªã³ã°ãªã³
ã±ãŒãžã®ãããªïŒã«èŠå®ãããå®å šæ§ãšåçã®å®å šæ§ãæãããã®ã§ããã°ã
æ éãã«ãããã®ãšããŠåãæ±ããæ éãããšãã«ãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠä»¶ã«
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) the vehicle with a degree of effectiveness at least equal to that prescribed for
secondary braking must be made of metal or of a material with equivalent
characteristics and must not undergo notable distortion in normal operation of the
braking systems.
é©åã§ããªããªãä¿ãéšåã¯ãéå±è£œåã¯åçã®ææã§æ§æããããã€ãå¶
åè£ çœ®ã®éåžžã®æäœã§èããå€åœ¢ãçããªããã®ã§ãªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.3.
The failure of a part of a hydraulic transmission system shall be signalled to the driver
by a device comprising a red tell-tale signal lighting up before or upon application of a
differential pressure of not more than 15.5 bar between the active and failed brake
equipment, measured at the master cylinder outlet and remaining lit as long as the
failure persists and the ignition (start) switch is in the "On" (run) position. However, a
device comprising a red tell-tale signal lighting up when the fluid in the reservoir is
below a certain level specified by the manufacturer is permitted. The tell-tale signal
must be visible even by daylight; the satisfactory condition of the signal must be
easily verifiable by the driver from the driver's seat. The failure of a component of the
device must not entail total loss of the braking equipment's effectiveness. Application
of the parking brake must also be indicated to the driver. The same tell-tale signal may
be used.
5.2.3.
液å§åŒäŒéè£ çœ®ã®äžéšãæ éããå Žåããã¹ã¿ãŒã·ãªã³ãåºå£ã§æž¬å®ãã液
å§ã15.5 bar以äžã®å·®å§ã«ãªããŸã§ã«èŠå ±è£ 眮ãç¹ç¯ããæ§é ã§ããããã€ã
æ éãç¶ç¶ããå§åã¹ã€ãããèµ°è¡ã®äœçœ®ã«ããéã¯ç¹ç¯ããèµ€è²ã®ç¯ç«ã§
é転è ã«èŠå ±ãããã®ãšããããã ãããªã¶ãŒãäžã®æ¶²é¢ããã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæ
å®ããäžå®ã¬ãã«ããäœäžããå Žåã«ç¹ç¯ããèµ€è²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã§ããã°ããã
èŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯æ¥äžã§ãèŠèªã§ããªããã°ãªããªããåœè©²ä¿¡å·ã¯ãé転è ãé転
åžãã容æã«ç¢ºèªã§ããªããã°ãªããªããåœè©²è£ 眮ã®æ§æéšåã®æ éã«ãã£
ãŠãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®å¹æããã¹ãŠå€±ãããšã«ãªã£ãŠã¯ãªããªããé§è»å¶åãäœå
ããŠããããšããé転è ã«è¡šç€ºããªããã°ãªããªãããã®å Žåã¯ãåãèŠå ±
è£ çœ®ã䜿çšããŠãããã
5.2.4.
Where use is made of energy other than the muscular energy of the driver, there need
not be more than one source of such energy (hydraulic pump, air compressor, etc.),
but the means by which the device constituting that source is driven must be as safe as
practicable.
5.2.4.
é転è ã®çå以å€ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒã«ããäœåããå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ã2ã€ä»¥äžã®ãšãã«
ã®ãŒæºïŒæ¶²å§ãã³ãã空æ°ã³ã³ãã¬ããµçïŒãæããå¿ èŠã¯ãªãããã ãã
ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºãæ§æããè£ çœ®ãé§åããæ段ã¯ãå®çšäžå¯èœãªç¯å²ã§å®å šã§
ãªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.4.1.
In the event of failure in any part of the transmission of a braking system, the feed to
the part not affected by the failure must continue to be ensured if required for the
purpose of halting the vehicle with the degree of effectiveness prescribed for
5.2.4.1.
äŒéè£ çœ®ã«æ éãçºçãããšããè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åãããããã«å¿
èŠãªå Žåã¯ããã®æ éã«åœ±é¿ãåããªãéšåãžã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºããã®èç©ãš
ãã«ã®ãŒã®äŸçµŠã¯ãåŒãç¶ã確ä¿ããªããã°ãªããªããæ¬èŠä»¶ã¯ãè»äž¡ãé
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) secondary braking. This condition must be met by means of devices which can easily
be actuated when the vehicle is stationary, or by automatic means.
æ¢ããŠãããšãã«å®¹æã«äœåã§ããè£ çœ®åã¯èªåçæ段ã«ãã£ãŠæºããããª
ããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.4.2.
Furthermore, storage devices located down-circuit of this device must be such that in
the case of a failure in the energy supply after four full-stroke actuations of the service
brake control, under the conditions prescribed in paragraph 1.2. of Annex 4 to this
Regulation, it is still possible to halt the vehicle at the fifth application, with the
degree of effectiveness prescribed for secondary braking.
5.2.4.2.
ããã«ãæ éããäŒéè£ çœ®ãããå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœåŽã«äœçœ®ããèç©è£ 眮ã¯ããš
ãã«ã®ãŒäŸçµŠã«æ éãçããå Žåãæ¬èŠåã®éå4ã1.2é ã«èŠå®ããæ¡ä»¶ã§ã
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã4åãã«ã¹ãããŒã¯æäœãããåŸã5åç®ã®æäœã§è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®
ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åã§ããããã«ãªã£ãŠããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.4.3.
However, for hydraulic braking systems with stored energy, these provisions can be
considered to be met provided that the requirements of paragraph 1.3. of Annex 4 to
this Regulation, are satisfied.
5.2.4.3.
ãã ããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒããã€æ¶²å§åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå 4ã1.3 é ã®
èŠä»¶ãæºãããããªãã°ããããã®èŠå®ã¯æºãããããã®ãšã¿ãªãããšãã§
ããã
5.2.5.
The requirements of paragraphs 5.2.2., 5.2.3. and 5.2.4. above must be met without
the use of any automatic device of a kind such that its ineffectiveness might pass
unnoticed through the fact that parts normally in a position of rest come into action
only in the event of failure in the braking system.
5.2.5.
äžèš5.2.2é ã5.2.3é åã³5.2.4é ã®èŠä»¶ã¯ãéåžžã¯äœåããªãéšåãå¶åè£ çœ®
ã«æ éãçãããšãã®ã¿ã«äœåããããšã«ãããé転è ãæ éããããšã«æ°
ä»ããªããããããªèªåè£ çœ®ã䜿çšããã«æºããããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.6.
The service braking system shall act on all wheels of the vehicle and shall distribute
its action appropriately among the axles.
5.2.6.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãè»äž¡ã®ãã¹ãŠã®è»èŒªãå¶åãããã®ã§ããããã®å¶ååãè»
軞éã«é©åã«é åããããã®ãšããã
5.2.7.
In the case of vehicles equipped with electric regenerative braking systems of
category B, the braking input from other sources of braking, may be suitably phased
to allow the electric regenerative braking system alone to be applied, provided that
both the following conditions are met:
5.2.7.
Båºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãåããè»äž¡ã®å Žåãä»ã®å¶ååçºçè£ çœ®ãã
ã®å¶ååã®å ¥åã¯ãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãåç¬ã§çšããããããšãã§ããã
ãã«ãé©åã«èª¿ç¯ããŠãããããã ãã以äžã®ãã¹ãŠã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããã®ãš
ããã
5.2.7.1. 5.2.7.1.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Intrinsic variations in the torque output of the electrical regenerative braking system
(e.g. as a result of changes in the electric state of charge in the traction batteries) are
automatically compensated by appropriate variation in the phasing relationship as
long as the requirements5 of one of the following annexes to this Regulation are
satisfied: 5 The Authority, which is to grant approval, shall have the right to check the service
braking system by additional vehicle test procedures.
Annex 3, paragraph 1.3.2., or
Annex 6, section 5.3. (including the case with the electric motor engaged), and
Wherever necessary, to ensure that braking rate 3/ remains related to the driver's
braking demand, having regard to the available tyre/road adhesion, braking shall
automatically be caused to act on all wheels of the vehicle. 5 The Authority, which is to grant approval, shall have the right to check the service
braking system by additional vehicle test procedures.*/
é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã®ãã«ã¯åºåã«ãããåºæã®å€åïŒé§åçšããããªãŒã®
é»äœå€åã®çµæã«ãããã®ãªã©ïŒããæ¬èŠåã®ä»¥äžã®éåã®ãã¡1ã€ã®èŠä»¶5
ãæºããéããå調é¢ä¿ã®é©åãªå€åã«ãã£ãŠèªåçã«è£åãããã
5 èªå¯ãä»äžããè¡æ¿å®åºã¯ãè»äž¡è©Šéšæé ãè¿œå ããããšã«ãããäž»å¶å
è£ çœ®ã確èªããæš©å©ãæããã
éå3ã®1.3.2é ãåã¯ã
éå6ã®5.3é ïŒé»æ°ã¢ãŒã¿ãŒãæèŒãããŠããå Žåãå«ãïŒãåã³
å¿ èŠã§ããã°ãå¶åç3/ããé転è ã®å¶åèŠæ±ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããã€ã
ã¿ã€ã€ãšè·¯é¢ãšã®ç²çä¿æ°ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠãèªåçã«ãã¹ãŠã®è»èŒªãå¶åããã
ã®ã§ãããã®ãšããã 5 èªå¯ãä»äžããè¡æ¿å®åºã¯ãè»äž¡è©Šéšæé ãè¿œå ããããšã«ãããäž»å¶å
è£ çœ®ã確èªããæš©å©ãæããã
5.2.8.
The action of the service braking system shall be distributed between the wheels of
one and the same axle symmetrically in relation to the longitudinal median plane of
the vehicle.
Compensation and functions, such as anti-lock, which may cause deviations from this
symmetrical distribution shall be declared.
5.2.8.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å¶ååã¯ã1ã€ã®åãè»è»žã®è»èŒªã«ãè»äž¡äžå¿é¢ã«å¯ŸããŠå¯Ÿç§°ã«
é åããããã®ãšããã
ABS ã®ããã«ãå¶ååãè»äž¡äžå¿é¢ã«å¯ŸããŠå¯Ÿç§°ã«é åããªãå Žåã®è£åå
ã³æ©èœã«ã€ããŠã¯ãç³åãããã®ãšããã
5.2.8.1.
Compensation by the electric control transmission for deterioration or defect within
the braking system shall be indicated to the driver by means of the yellow warning
signal specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.2. below. This requirement shall apply for all
conditions of loading when compensation exceeds the following limits:
5.2.8.1.
å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å£ååã¯æ¬ é¥ã«å¯Ÿãããé»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ã«ããè£åã¯ãäžèš
5.2.21.1.2é ã«ç€ºãé»è²ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã«ãã£ãŠé転è ã«èŠå ±ãããæ¬èŠä»¶ã¯ãè£
åãäžèšã®éçå€ãè¶ ããå Žåããã¹ãŠã®è² è·æ¡ä»¶ã«å¯ŸããŠé©çšãããã®ãš
ããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.2.8.1.1.
A difference in transverse braking pressures on any axle:
(a) Of 25 per cent of the higher value for vehicle decelerations > 2 m/sec2,
(b) A value corresponding to 25 per cent at 2 m/sec2 for decelerations below this rate.
5.2.8.1.1.
è»è»žã®å·Šå³ã®å¶åå§åã®å·®
(a) 2 m/sec2以äžã®è»äž¡æžé床ã®å Žåãé«ãæ¹ã®å¶åå§åã®25%ã
(b) 2 m/sec2 æªæºã®è»äž¡æžé床ã®å Žåã2 m/sec2 ã«ãããå¶åå§åã® 25%ã
5.2.8.1.2.
An individual compensating value on any axle:
(a) > 50 per cent of the nominal value for vehicle decelerations ⥠2 m/sec2,
(b) A value corresponding to 50 per cent of the nominal value at 2 m/sec2 for
decelerations below this rate.
5.2.8.1.2.
è»è»žããšã®åå¥äžåè¡¡å€
(a) 2 m/sec2以äžã®è»äž¡æžé床ã®å Žåãå ¬ç§°å€ã®50%è¶ ã
(b) 2 m/sec2 æªæºã®è»äž¡æžé床ã®å Žåã2 m/sec2 ã«ãããå ¬ç§°å€ã® 50%
5.2.8.2.
Compensation as defined above, is permitted only when the initial brake application is
made at vehicle speeds greater than 10 km/h.
5.2.8.2.
äžèšã«ããè£åã¯ã10 km/h ãè¶ ããè»äž¡ã®é床ããå¶åãæãããšãã®ã¿
蚱容ãããã
5.2.9.
Malfunctions of the electric control transmission shall not apply the brakes contrary to
the driver's intentions.
5.2.9.
é»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ã¯ãæ éããå Žåã«ãããŠãé転è ã®æå³ãšã¯å察ã®å¶
åãããããªããã®ãšããã
5.2.10.
The service, secondary and parking braking systems must act on braking surfaces
connected to the wheels through components of adequate strength.
Where braking torque for a particular axle or axles is provided by both a friction
braking system and an electrical regenerative braking system of category B,
disconnection of the latter source is permitted, providing that the friction braking
source remains permanently connected and able to provide the compensation referred
to in paragraph 5.2.7.1.
However, in the case of short disconnection transients, incomplete compensation is
accepted, but within 1s, this compensation shall have attained at least 75 per cent of its
final value.
5.2.10.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®åã³é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãé©åãªåŒ·åºŠãæããæ§æéš
åãä»ããŠãè»èŒªã«çµåãããŠããå¶åé¢ã«äœçšããªããã°ãªããªãã
ç¹å®ã®è»è»žåã³è€æ°ã®è»è»žãžäŸçµŠãããå¶åãã«ã¯ããæ©æŠåŒå¶åè£ çœ®åã³
Båºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ããäŸçµŠãããå¶åè£ çœ®ã«ãã£ãŠã¯ãæ©æŠåŒå¶
åè£ çœ®ã®å¶ååãåžžã«å¶åé¢ã«äœçšãã5.2.7.1é ã«èŠå®ããè£åãè¡ãå Žå
ã«ã¯ãBåºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ããäŸçµŠãããå¶ååã¯åãé¢ããŠãã
ãã
ãã ãã1ç§éãè¶ ããªãç¯å²ã§ããã°ãåãé¢ãã®ç¬éçãªç§»è¡ã®éã«äžå®
å šãªè£åããã£ãŠããããã®ãšããè£åã¯ãå°ãªããšãæçµå€ã®75ïŒ ã«éã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Nevertheless, in all cases, the permanently connected friction braking source shall
ensure that both the service and secondary braking systems continue to operate with
the prescribed degree of effectiveness.
Disconnection of the braking surfaces of the parking braking system shall be
permitted only on condition that the disconnection is controlled exclusively by the
driver from his driving seat, by a system incapable of being brought into action by a
leak.
ãŠããªããã°ãªããªãã
ããããªãããããããå Žåã«ãããŠãåžžã«çµåãããŠããæ©æŠå¶åè£ çœ®ã®
å¶ååã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®åã³è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ã€ããŠèŠå®ããå¹åãæããäœçš
ãç¶ãããã®ã§ããããšãä¿èšŒããªããã°ãªããªãã
é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ãã£ãŠã¯ãæŒããçãããšãã«æäœã§ããªããªãã·ã¹ãã ã§
ã¯ããã®åãé¢ãããé転è ãé転åžããæäœã§ãããã®ã§ããã°ãå¶åé¢
ãè»èŒªããåãé¢ããŠãããã
5.2.11.
Wear of the brakes must be capable of being easily taken up by means of a system of
manual or automatic adjustment. In addition, the control and the components of the
transmission and of the brakes must possess a reserve of travel and, if necessary,
suitable means of compensation such that, when the brakes become heated, or the
brake linings have reached a certain degree of wear, effective braking is ensured
without immediate adjustment being necessary.
5.2.11.
å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœã®ç£šèã¯ãæååã¯èªåã®èª¿ç¯è£ 眮ã«ãã£ãŠå®¹æã«èª¿æŽã§ããª
ããã°ãªããªããæäœè£ 眮䞊ã³ã«äŒéè£ çœ®åã³å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœã®æ§æéšåã¯ã
äœåç¯å²ã«äœè£ãããããŸããå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœãå ç±ããããåã¯ãã¬ãŒãã©
ã€ãã³ã°ãããçšåºŠã®ç£šèã«éããããããšããå³æã®èª¿æŽãå¿ èŠãšããã«
å¹æçãªå¶ååã確ä¿ãããããã«ãé©åãªè£åæ段ãåããŠããªããã°ãª
ããªãã
5.2.11.1.
Wear adjustment shall be automatic for the service brakes. Automatic wear
adjustment devices shall be such that after heating followed by cooling of the brakes,
effective braking is still ensured. In particular the vehicle shall remain capable of
normal running after the tests conducted in accordance with Annex 3, paragraph 1.5.
(Type-I test).
5.2.11.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãèªåçã«ç£šè調æŽãè¡ããããã®ãšãããèªå磚è調ç¯è£ 眮
ã¯ãå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœã®å ç±å·åŽåŸããæå¹ãªå¶ååã確ä¿ããããã®ãšããã
ç¹ã«ãè»äž¡ã¯ãéå3ã®1.5é ã«åŸã£ãŠè¡ãè©ŠéšïŒã¿ã€ã I è©ŠéšïŒã®åŸããæ£
åžžãªèµ°è¡ãã§ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.11.2.
Checking the wear of the service brake friction components
5.2.11.2.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®æ©æŠéšåã®ç£šèç¹æ€
5.2.11.2.1.
It shall be possible to easily assess this wear on service brake linings from the outside
or underside of the vehicle, without the removal of the wheels, by the provision of
5.2.11.2.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ããã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®ç£šèãé©åãªç¹æ€ååã¯ãã®ä»ã®æ段
ãåããããšã«ãããè»èŒªãåãå€ãããšãªããè»äž¡ã®å€åŽåã¯äžåŽãã容
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) appropriate inspection holes or by some other means. This may be achieved by
utilizing simple standard workshop tools or common inspection equipment for
vehicles.
Alternatively, a sensing device per wheel (twin wheels are considered as a single
wheel), which will warn the driver at his driving position when lining replacement is
necessary, is acceptable. In the case of an optical warning, the yellow warning signal
specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.2. below may be used.
æã«ç¢ºèªã§ãããã®ãšããããã®å Žåã«ããã確èªã¯ãäœæ¥å Žã«ããåçŽãª
æšæºå·¥å ·åã¯äžè¬çãªè»äž¡ç¹æ€åšå ·ãçšããŠè¡ããã®ã§ãããã
ãŸããã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®äº€æãå¿ èŠãªå Žåã«ãé転åžã«ããé転è ã«èŠåããã
è»èŒªããšã®æç¥è£ 眮ïŒåè»èŒªã¯åè»èŒªãšã¿ãªãïŒãåããããšãã§ããã
å åŠèŠå ±ã®å Žåã¯ãäžèš5.2.21.1.2é ã§èŠå®ããé»è²ã®èŠåä¿¡å·ãçšããããš
ãã§ããã
5.2.11.2.2.
Assessment of the wear condition of the friction surfaces of brake discs or drums may
only be performed by direct measurement of the actual component or examination of
any brake disc or drum wear indicators, which may necessitate some level of
disassembly. Therefore, at the time of type approval, the vehicle manufacturer shall
define the following:
(a) The method by which wear of the friction surfaces of drums and discs may be
assessed, including the level of disassembly required and the tools and process
required to achieve this.
(b) Information defining the maximum acceptable wear limit at the point at which
replacement becomes necessary.
This information shall be made freely available, e.g. vehicle handbook or electronic
data record.
5.2.11.2.2.
ãã¬ãŒããã£ã¹ã¯åã¯ãã©ã ã®æ©æŠé¢ã®ç£šèç¶æ ã¯ãå®éã®æ§æéšåãçŽæ¥
枬å®ãããããã¬ãŒããã£ã¹ã¯åã¯ãã©ã ã®ç£šèã€ã³ãžã±ãŒã¿ã調ã¹ã以å€ã
確èªããããšãã§ããªããããã®å Žåã«ã¯ããçšåºŠã®å解ãå¿ èŠã«ãªããåŸ
ã£ãŠãè»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ãååŒèªå¯ã®éã«ä»¥äžã«ã€ããŠå®çŸ©ãããã®ãšããã
(a) ãã©ã åã³ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®æ©æŠé¢ã®ç£šèã確èªã§ããæ¹æ³ãå¿ èŠãªå解æ¹æ³
åã³ãããè¡ãã®ã«å¿ èŠãšãªãå·¥å ·åã³æé ãå«ãã
(b) 亀æãå¿ èŠãšãªãæç¹ã§ã®æ倧磚è蚱容é床ãå®çŸ©ããæ å ±ã
ãã®æ å ±ã¯ãè»äž¡ã®æåŒæžåã¯é»åããŒã¿èšé²ãªã©ãèªç±ã«å ¥æã§ãããã®
ãšããã
5.2.12.
In hydraulic-transmission braking systems, the filling ports of the fluid reservoirs
must be readily accessible; in addition, the receptacles containing the reserve fluid
must be so designed and constructed that the level of the reserve fluid can be easily
checked without the receptacles having to be opened, and the minimum total reservoir
capacity is equivalent to the fluid displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders
5.2.12. 液å§åŒäŒéå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ããªã¶ãŒããŒã¿ã³ã¯ã®å å¡«å£ã«å®¹æã«æãå±ã
ãªããã°ãªããªããããã«ãå¶å液ãããã容åšã¯ã容åšãéããªããŠãå¶
å液ã®æ¶²éã容æã«ç¢ºèªã§ãããªã¶ãŒããŒã¿ã³ã¯ã®å šå®¹éã¯ãå°ãªããšãåœ
該ãªã¶ãŒããŒã¿ã³ã¯ããäŸçµŠãåãããã¹ãŠã®ãã€ãŒã«ã·ãªã³ãåã¯ãã£ãª
ããŒãã¹ãã³ããæ°åãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®ãšãã®äœçœ®ããå®å šã«ç£šèãã
ãšãã®äœçœ®ãŸã§ç§»åãããšãã«çããå¶å液ã®æ¶²éã«çããæ§é ã§ãªããã°
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) or calliper pistons serviced by the reservoirs move from a new lining, fully retracted
position to a fully worn, fully applied position. If these latter conditions are not
fulfilled, the red warning signal specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.1. below shall draw
the driver's attention to any fall in the level of reserve fluid liable to cause a failure of
the braking system.
ãªããªããåŸè ã®æ¡ä»¶ãæºããããªãå Žåã¯ãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ éãèµ·ãããã
ãã®ããå¶å液ã®ã¬ãã«ã®äœäžã«å¯ŸããŠãäžèš5.2.21.1.1é ã«èŠå®ãããèµ€è²
ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã«ãããé転è ã«èŠå ±ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.13.
The type of fluid to be used in hydraulic transmission braking systems shall be
identified by the symbol in accordance with figure 1 or 2 of Standard ISO 9128:2006
and the appropriate DOT marking (e.g. DOT 3). The symbol and the marking must be
affixed in a visible position in indelible form within 100 mm of the filling ports of the
fluid reservoirs; additional information may be provided by the manufacturer.
5.2.13.
液å§åŒäŒéå¶åè£ çœ®ã«äœ¿çšãããå¶å液ã®ã¿ã€ãã¯ãISO èŠæ Œ 9128:2006ã®
å³1åã¯å³2åã³é©åãªDOTããŒã¯ïŒäŸãã°DOT 3ïŒã«ãã£ãŠèå¥ãããã®ãš
ãããèšå·åã³ããŒã¯ã¯ããªã¶ãŒããŒã¿ã³ã¯ã®å å¡«å£ãã100 mm以å ã®èŠèª
ã§ããäœçœ®ã«ãæ¶ããªãããã«è²Œä»ããªããã°ãªããªããã¡ãŒã«ãŒãè¿œå æ
å ±ãæäŸããŠãããã
5.2.14.
Warning device
5.2.14.
èŠå ±è£ 眮
5.2.14.1.
Any vehicle fitted with a service brake actuated from an energy reservoir must, where
the prescribed secondary braking performance cannot be obtained by means of this
brake without the use of the stored energy, be provided with a warning device, giving
an optical or acoustic signal when the stored energy, in any part of the system, falls to
a value at which without re-charging of the reservoir and irrespective of the load
conditions of the vehicle, it is possible to apply the service brake control a fifth time
after four full-stroke actuations and obtain the prescribed secondary braking
performance (without faults in the service brake transmission device and with the
brakes adjusted as closely as possible). This warning device must be directly and
permanently connected to the circuit. When the engine is running under normal
operating conditions and there are no faults in the braking system, as is the case in
type approval tests, the warning device must give no signal except during the time
5.2.14.1.
èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã䜿çšããªããã°è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããªããäž»å¶å
è£ çœ®ãåããè»äž¡ã¯ãå åŠåŒåã¯é³é¿åŒä¿¡å·ãçºããèŠå ±è£ 眮ãåããªãã
ã°ãªããªããèŠå ±è£ 眮äœååŸãã·ã¹ãã å ã®èç©è£ 眮ãåå å¡«ããã«ããã€ã
è»äž¡ã®è² è·æ¡ä»¶ã«ããããããïŒäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äŒéè£ çœ®æ éç¡ãã§ããã€ã
å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœãã§ããéãæ£èŠã«èª¿ç¯ããŠïŒäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã4åãã«ã¹ãããŒã¯
ããåŸã«ã5åç®ã®äœåã§èŠå®ãããè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãª
ããªãããããèŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯ãåè·¯ã«çŽæ¥ãã€åžžææ¥ç¶ãããŠããªããã°ãªã
ãªãããšã³ãžã³ãæ£åžžã®äœåç¶æ ã§å転ãããã€ãååŒèªå¯è©Šéšæã®ããã«
å¶åè£ çœ®ã«æ éããªããšãã«ã¯ãèŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯ããšã³ãžã³ãå§åããŠãããšã
ã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ãå å¡«ãããŸã§ã«èŠããæéãé€ããèŠå ±ãçºããŠã¯ãªããª
ããäžèš5.2.21.1.1é ã«èŠå®ããèµ€è²èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãå åŠåŒèŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãšããŠäœ¿çšã
ããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) required for charging the energy reservoir(s) after start-up of the engine. The red
warning signal specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.1. below shall be used as the optical
warning signal.
5.2.14.2.
However, in the case of vehicles which are only considered to comply with the
requirements of paragraph 5.2.4.1. of this Regulation by virtue of meeting the
requirements of paragraph 1.3. of Annex 4 to this Regulation, the warning device shall
consist of an acoustic signal in addition to an optical signal. These devices need not
operate simultaneously, provided that each of them meets the above requirements and
the acoustic signal is not actuated before the optical signal. The red warning signal
specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.1. below shall be used as the optical warning signal.
5.2.14.2.
ãã ããæ¬èŠåã®éå4ã1.3é ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããããšã«ãã£ãŠãæ¬èŠåã®5.2.4.1
é ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããŠãããšã¿ãªãããè»äž¡ã®å ŽåãèŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯å åŠåŒä¿¡å·ã«
å ããŠé³é¿åŒä¿¡å·ãåãããã®ãšããããããã®è£ 眮ã¯ãããããããäžèš
èŠä»¶ã«é©åãããã€ãå åŠåŒä¿¡å·ãå ã«äœåããå Žåã«ã¯ãé³é¿åŒä¿¡å·åã³
å åŠåŒä¿¡å·ãåæã«äœåãããå¿ èŠã¯ãªããäžèš5.2.21.1.1é ã«èŠå®ãããèµ€
è²èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãå åŠåŒèŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãšããŠäœ¿çšãããã®ãšããã
5.2.14.3.
This acoustic device may be rendered inoperative while the parking brake is applied
and/or, at the choice of the manufacturer, in the case of automatic transmission the
selector is in the "Park" position.
5.2.14.3.
ãã®é³é¿åŒèŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®äœåããŠããéåã¯èªåå€éæ©ä»ãè»
äž¡ã§ãå€éæ©ããPãäœçœ®ã«ãããšãã¯éäœåã«ããããšãã§ããã
5.2.15.
Without prejudice to the requirements of paragraph 5.1.2.3. above, where an auxiliary
source of energy is essential to the functioning of a braking system, the reserve of
energy must be such as to ensure that, if the engine stops or in the event of a failure of
the means by which the energy source is driven, the braking performance remains
adequate to bring the vehicle to a halt in the prescribed conditions. In addition, if the
muscular effort applied by the driver to the parking braking system is reinforced by a
servo device, the actuation of parking braking must be ensured in the event of a failure
of the servo device, if necessary by using a reserve of energy independent of that
normally supplying the servo device. This reserve of energy may be that intended for
the service braking system.
5.2.15.
äžèš5.1.2.3é ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããã»ããè£å©ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ©èœã«
äžå¯æ¬ ã§ããå Žåããã®èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã¯ãååæ©ãåæ¢ãããåã¯ãšãã«
ã®ãŒæºãé§åããæ段ãæ éããŠããèŠå®ã®æ¡ä»¶ã§è»äž¡ãåæ¢ãããã®ã«å
åãªå¶åæ§èœãç¶æããããšãã§ãããã®ã§ãªããã°ãªããªããããã«ãé
転è ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ãããçåããååè£ çœ®ã«ãã£ãŠè£å©ãããå Žåã¯ã
ååè£ çœ®ãæ éãããšãã§ããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äœåã¯ç¢ºä¿ãããªããã°ãªã
ãªããå¿ èŠã§ããã°ãéåžžã®ååè£ çœ®ã«äŸçµŠãããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒãšã¯å¥ã«
ç¬ç«ããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒãçšããŠãããããã®èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã¯ãäž»å¶åè£
眮çšã®ãã®ã§ãã£ãŠãããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.2.16.
The pneumatic/hydraulic auxiliary equipment must be supplied with energy in such a
way that during its operation the prescribed deceleration values can be reached and
that even in the event of damage to the source of energy the operation of the auxiliary
equipment cannot cause the reserves of energy feeding the braking systems to fall
below the level indicated in paragraph 5.2.14. above.
5.2.16.
空å§åŒ/液å§åŒå€éšè£ 眮ã¯ããã®äœåäžã«èŠå®ã®æžé床ãåŸããããã€ããšã
ã«ã®ãŒæºã«æå·ãçããå Žåã§ããåœè©²å€éšè£ 眮ã®äœåã«ãããå¶åè£ çœ®ã«
äŸçµŠãããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒãäžèš5.2.14é ã«å®ããã¬ãã«ããäœäžããªãã
ãšã確ä¿ããæ¹æ³ã§ããšãã«ã®ãŒãäŸçµŠããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.17.
In the case of a motor vehicle equipped to tow a trailer with electric service brakes,
the following requirements shall be met:
5.2.17.
é»æ°åŒäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åãã被çœåŒè»äž¡ãçœåŒããè£ çœ®ãæããèªåè»ã®å Ž
åãäžèšã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.17.1.
The power supply (generator and battery) of the motor vehicle shall have a sufficient
capacity to provide the current for an electric braking system. With the engine running
at the idling speed recommended by the manufacturer and all electrical devices
supplied by the manufacturer as standard equipment of the vehicle switched on, the
voltage in the electrical lines shall at maximum current consumption of the electrical
braking system (15 A) not fall below the value of 9.6 V measured at the connection.
The electrical lines shall not be capable of short circuiting even when overloaded;
5.2.17.1.
èªåè»ã®é»æºïŒçºé»æ©åã³èé»æ± ïŒã¯ãé»æ°åŒå¶åè£ çœ®çšã®é»æµãäŸçµŠãã
ã®ã«ååãªå®¹éããã£ãŠãããã®ãšãããååæ©ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒã®æå®ããã¢ã€
ããªã³ã°å転æ°ã§äœåãããã€ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãäŸçµŠããåœè©²è»äž¡ã®æšæºè£ åã®
ãã¹ãŠã®é»è£ åã䜿çšç¶æ ã§ãé»æ°åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ã«æ倧æ¶è²»é»æµïŒ15 AïŒãäŸ
絊ãããå Žåã«ãããŠããé»æ°é ç·å ã®é»å§ãæ¥ç¶éšåã§æž¬å®ããŠ9.6 Væªæº
ã«äœäžããªããã®ãšããããŸããé»æ°é ç·ã¯ãéè² è·ã®ãšãã«ãç絡ããã
ãšããã£ãŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.2.17.2.
In the event of a failure in the motor vehicle's service braking system, where that
system consists of at least two independent units, the unit or units not affected by the
failure shall be capable of partially or fully actuating the brakes of the trailer;
5.2.17.2.
èªåè»ã®äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«æ éãçããå Žåãåœè©²è£ 眮ãå°ãªããšã2ã€ã®ç¬ç«ã
ãéšåããæ§æããããšãã¯ãæ éã®åœ±é¿ãåããªãéšåã¯è¢«çœåŒè»äž¡ã®å¶
åè£ çœ®æ¬äœãéšåçã«åã¯å®å šã«äœåã§ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.17.3.
The use of the stop-lamp switch and circuit for actuating the electrical braking system
is permissible only if the actuating line is connected in parallel with the stop-lamp and
the existing stop-lamp switch and circuit are capable of taking the extra load.
5.2.17.3.
é»æ°åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãå¶åç¯ãšäžŠåæ¥ç¶ããããšãã«ãå¶åç¯ã®ã¹ã€ããåã³
åè·¯ãéå°è² è·ã«èããããå Žåã«ã¯ãåœè©²å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåããããã«å¶å
ç¯ã®ã¹ã€ããåã³åè·¯ã䜿çšããããšãã§ããã
5.2.18. 5.2.18.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Additional requirements for vehicles equipped with electric regenerative braking
systems.
é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãåããè»äž¡ã®è¿œå èŠä»¶
5.2.18.1.
Vehicles fitted with an electric regenerative braking system of category A.
5.2.18.1.
A åºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãåããè»äž¡
5.2.18.1.1.
The electric regenerative braking shall only be activated by the accelerator control
and/or the gear neutral position.
5.2.18.1.1.
é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãã¢ã¯ã»ã«æäœè£ 眮ã解é€ãåã¯å€éæ©ãäžç«äœçœ®ã«
ããããšã«ãã£ãŠã®ã¿äœåãããã®ãšããã
5.2.18.2.
Vehicles fitted with an electric regenerative braking system of category B.
5.2.18.2.
B åºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãåããè»äž¡
5.2.18.2.1.
It must not be possible to disconnect, partially or totally, one part of the service
braking system other than by automatic means. This should not be construed as a
departure from the requirements of paragraph 5.2.10.;
5.2.18.2.1.
èªåè£ çœ®ä»¥å€ã®æ¹æ³ã§äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äžéšãéšåçåã¯å®å šã«åãé¢ãããšã
å¯èœã§ãã£ãŠã¯ãªããªãããããèŠå®ã¯ã5.2.10 é ã®èŠä»¶ããã®éžè±ãšè§£é
ãã¹ãã§ã¯ãªãã
5.2.18.2.2.
The service braking system must have only one control device;
5.2.18.2.2.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãæäœè£ 眮ãäžã€ã§ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.18.2.3.
The service braking system must not be adversely affected by the disengagement of
the motor(s) or by the gear ratio used;
5.2.18.2.3.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãé»åæ©ã®åãé¢ãåã¯å€éæ©ã®å€éäœçœ®ã«ãã£ãŠæªåœ±é¿ãå
ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.2.18.2.4.
If the operation of the electric component of braking is ensured by a relation
established between information coming from the control of the service brake and the
braking force to the wheels which of it results, a failure of this relation leading to the
non-respect of the prescriptions of distribution of braking among the axles (Annex 5
or 6, which is applicable) must be warned to the driver by an optical warning signal at
the latest when the control is actuated and having to remain lit as long as this defect
exists and that the switch of "contact" is in the position "Go".
5.2.18.2.4.
å¶åè£ çœ®ã®é»æ°æ§æéšåã®äœåããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ããã®æ å ±åã³åœ
該æ§æéšåã®äœåã«ããçºçããè»èŒªãžã®å¶ååãšã®é¢ä¿ã«ãã£ãŠè¡ããã
å Žåã¯ããã®é¢ä¿ãæãªãããè»è»žéã®å¶ååé åã®èŠå®ïŒéå5åã¯6ãã
ããã該åœããæ¹ïŒãå®ããªããªã£ãå Žåã¯ãé ããšãæäœè£ 眮ãæäœãã
ãšãã«å åŠåŒèŠå ±è£ 眮ã§é転è ã«èŠå ±ãããã€ãæ¥è§Šã¹ã€ãããèµ°è¡äœçœ®ã«
ããéãèŠå ±ãç¶ããªããã°ãªããªãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.2.18.3.
For vehicles fitted with an electric regenerative braking system of either category, all
the relevant prescriptions shall apply except paragraph 5.2.18.1.1. above. In this case,
the electric regenerative braking may be actuated by the accelerator control and/or the
gear neutral position. Additionally, the action on the service braking control must not
reduce the above braking effect generated by the release of the accelerator control.
5.2.18.3.
äž¡çš®ã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåãäžèš5.2.18.1.1é ãé€ãã
ã¹ãŠã®é¢é£èŠå®ãé©çšãããã®ãšããããã®å Žåãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ã
ã¢ã¯ã»ã«æäœè£ 眮ã®è§£é€åã¯å€éæ©ãäžç«äœçœ®ã«ããããšã«ãã£ãŠäœåãã
ããšãã§ãããããã«ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äœåã«ãããã¢ã¯ã»ã«æäœè£ 眮ã®è§£é€
ã«ãã£ãŠçºçããäžèšã®å¶åå¹æãæžå°ãããŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.2.18.4.
The operation of the electric braking must not be adversely affected by magnetic or
electric fields.
5.2.18.4.
é»æ°å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äœåã¯ãç£çåã¯é»çã«ãã£ãŠæªåœ±é¿ãåããŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.2.18.5.
For vehicles equipped with an anti-lock device, the anti-lock device must control the
electric braking system.
5.2.18.5.
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãåããè»äž¡ã§ã¯ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·
ã¹ãã ãé»æ°å¶åè£ çœ®ãå¶åŸ¡ããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.18.6.
The state of charge of the traction batteries is determined by the method set out in
Appendix 1 to Annex 3 to this Regulation6. 6 By agreement with the Technical Service, state of charge assessment will not be
required for vehicles, which have an on-board energy source for charging the traction
batteries and the means for regulating their state of charge.
5.2.18.6.
é§åçšèé»æ± ã®å é»ç¶æ ã¯ãæ¬èŠåãéå3ã®ä»é²1ã«èŠå®ãããæ¹æ³ã«ãã
決å®ãã6ã 6 è©Šéšæè¡æ©é¢ã®åæã«ãããå é»ç¶æ ã®å€å®ã¯ãé§åçšèé»æ± ã®å é»çšãš
ãã«ã®ãŒæºãæèŒãããããã®å é»ç¶æ ã調ç¯ããæ段ãåããè»äž¡ã«ã¯èŠ
æ±ãããªãã
5.2.19.
Special additional requirements for the electric transmission of the parking braking
system:
5.2.19.
é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®é»æ°åŒäŒéè£ çœ®ã®ç¹å¥è¿œå èŠä»¶ã
5.2.19.1.
In the case of a failure within the electric transmission, any unintended actuation of
the parking braking system shall be prevented;
5.2.19.1.
é»æ°åŒäŒéè£ çœ®ãæ éããå Žåã«ãããŠããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æå³ããªãäœå
ãé²æ¢ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.19.2.
In the case of an electrical failure in the control or a break in the wiring within the
5.2.19.2.
é»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ã¯ãæäœè£ 眮å ã«é»æ°çæ éãçããå Žååã¯æäœè£ 眮
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) electric control transmission between the control and the ECU directly connected with
it, excluding the energy supply, it shall remain possible to apply the parking braking
system from the driver's seat and thereby be capable of holding the laden vehicle
stationary on an 8 per cent up or down gradient.
Alternatively, in this case, an automatic actuation of the parking brake is allowed
when the vehicle is stationary, provided that the above performance is achieved and,
once applied, the parking brake remains engaged independently of the status of the
ignition (start) switch. In this alternative, the parking brake shall be automatically
released as soon as the driver starts to set the vehicle in motion again. The
engine/manual transmission or the automatic transmission (park position) may be used
to achieve or assist in achieving the above performance.
ãšããã«çŽçµãããŠããECUãšã®éã®ããšãã«ã®ãŒäŸçµŠãé€ãé»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒ
éè£ çœ®ã®é ç·ã«ãããŠæå·ãçããå Žåã§ãã£ãŠããé転åžããé§è»å¶åè£
眮ãäœåãããããšãã§ãããã€ãç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã8ïŒ ã®åè·¯äžã§éæ¢ãã
ãããšãã§ãããã®ãšããããã®å Žåãè»äž¡ãéæ¢ããŠããã°é§è»ãã¬ãŒã
ã®èªåäœåãèš±ãããããã ããäžèšã®æ§èœãéæããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœå
ããéã«ãå§åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ã®ç¶æ ã«é¢ããããé§è»ç¶æ ãç¶æãããæ§
é ãæããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ãã£ãŠã¯ãè»äž¡ã®åæ¢ç¶æ ã§èªåçã«äœåããã
ã®ã§ãã£ãŠãããããã®å Žåãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãé転è ãåã³è»äž¡ãçºä¿¡ã
ããããšãããšãã«ããã ã¡ã«èªåçã«è§£é€ããããã®ãšãããååæ©åã³
æåå€éæ©åã¯èªåå€éæ©ïŒãPãäœçœ®ïŒããäžèšã®æ§èœãéæããããã«
åã¯éæãè£å©ããããã«äœ¿çšããŠãããã
5.2.19.2.1.
A break in the wiring within the electrical transmission, or an electrical failure in the
control of the parking braking system shall be signalled to the driver by the yellow
warning signal specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.2. When caused by a break in the
wiring within the electrical control transmission of the parking braking system, this
yellow warning signal shall be signalled as soon as the break occurs.
In addition, such an electrical failure in the control or break in the wiring external to
the electronic control unit(s) and excluding the energy supply shall be signalled to the
driver by flashing the red warning signal specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.1. as long as
the ignition (start) switch is in the "On" (run) position including a period of not less
than 10 seconds thereafter and the control is in the "On" (activated) position.
However, if the parking braking system detects correct clamping of the parking brake,
the flashing of the red warning signal may be suppressed and the non-flashing red
signal shall be used to indicate "parking brake applied".
Where actuation of the parking brake is normally indicated by a separate red warning
5.2.19.2.1.
é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®é»æ°åŒäŒéè£ çœ®ã®é ç·ã®ç Žæåã¯é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ã®
é»æ°çæ éãçããå Žåã¯ã5.2.21.1.2é ã«å®ããé»è²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã«ããé転è
ã«ç¥ããããã®ãšãããåœè©²é»è²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯ãé»æ°åŒäŒéè£ çœ®ã®æ éããé§
è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®é»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ã®é ç·ã®ç Žæãåå ã§ããæã«ã¯ãç Žæã
çããåŸãéããã«ãããç ŽæãèŠå ±ãããã®ãšããã
ããã«ãæäœè£ 眮ã®é»æ°çæ éåã¯ãšãã«ã®ãŒäŸçµŠã®æ éåã³ç Žæãé€ãé»
åå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ã®å€éšé ç·ã«ãããŠç Žæãçãããšãã«ã¯ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœ
è£ çœ®ãããªã³ãïŒäœåïŒäœçœ®ã«ãããå§åè£ çœ®ãããªã³ãïŒèµ°è¡ïŒäœçœ®ã«ã
ãéãšïŒããªããïŒåïŒã®äœçœ®ã«ããïŒãã®åŸã®å°ãªããšã10ç§éã¯æ éå
ã¯ç ŽæãçããŠããæšãã5.2.21.1.1é ã«å®ããèµ€è²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã®ç¹æ» ã«ããã
é転è ã«èŠå ±ãããã®ãšããã
ãã ããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ£ç¢ºãªäœåãæ€ç¥ããå Žåãèµ€è²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã®ç¹æ» ã
äžæ¢ããç¹ç¯ã«ããé転è ã«èŠå ±ãããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) signal, satisfying all the requirements of paragraph 5.2.21.2., this signal shall be used
to satisfy the above requirement for a red signal.
éåžžãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äœåãã5.2.21.2é ã®ãã¹ãŠã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããç¬ç«ãã
èµ€è²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã«ãã£ãŠè¡šç€ºãããå Žåã«ã¯ãåœè©²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯ãèµ€è²èŠå ±è£ 眮
ã«é¢ããäžèšã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããã®ãšããã
5.2.19.3.
Auxiliary equipment may be supplied with energy from the electric transmission of
the parking braking system provided that the supply of energy is sufficient to allow
the actuation of the parking braking system in addition to the vehicle electrical load
under non-fault conditions. In addition, where the energy reserve is also used by the
service braking system, the requirements of paragraph 5.2.20.6. shall apply.
5.2.19.3.
å€éšè£ 眮ã¯ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äœåã«ååãªãšãã«ã®ãŒãäŸçµŠã§ãããã€ãè»
äž¡ã®é»æ°è² è·ãæ£åžžç¶æ ã«ä¿ãããå Žåã«éããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®é»æ°åŒäŒé
è£ çœ®ãããšãã«ã®ãŒã®äŸçµŠãåããããšãã§ãããããã«ãèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒ
ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ãã䜿çšãããå Žåã«ã¯ã5.2.20.6é ã®èŠä»¶ãé©çšãããã®ãš
ããã
5.2.19.4.
After the ignition/start switch which controls the electrical energy for the braking
equipment has been switched off and/or the key removed, it shall remain possible to
apply the parking braking system, whereas releasing shall be prevented.
5.2.19.4.
å¶åæ©åšã®é»æ°ãšãã«ã®ãŒãå¶åŸ¡ããå§åã¹ã€ãããåãããåã¯éµãåã
å€ãããåŸã«ãããŠããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåããããšãã§ãããã€ã解é€ã§
ããªããã®ãšããã
5.2.20.
Special additional requirements for service braking systems with electric control
transmission:
5.2.20.
é»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ããã€äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ç¹å¥è¿œå èŠä»¶ã
5.2.20.1.
With the parking brake released, the service braking system shall be able to fulfil the
following requirements:
(a) With the propulsion system on/off control in the "On" ("Run") position, generate a
static total braking force at least equivalent to that required by the Type-0 test for
service braking performance as prescribed in paragraph 2.1. of Annex 3 to this
Regulation,
(b) During the first 60 seconds after the propulsion system on/off control has been
deactivated to the "Off" or "Lock" position and/or the ignition key has been removed,
three brake applications shall generate a static total braking force at least equivalent to
5.2.20.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã解é€ããç¶æ ã§ã以äžã®èŠä»¶ãæºããããšã
ã§ãããã®ãšããã
(a) æšé²ã·ã¹ãã ã®æäœè£ 眮ãããªã³ãïŒèµ°è¡ïŒäœçœ®ã«ããŠãæ¬èŠåã®éå3
ã®2.1é ã«èŠå®ãããã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã«ãããŠæ±ããããå¶ååãšåç以äžã®
éçç·å¶ååãçºçããã
(b) æšé²ã·ã¹ãã ã®æäœè£ 眮ãããªããåã¯ãããã¯ãäœçœ®ã«ããŠåæ¢ãã
ããåã¯ãå§åéµãå€ããåŸ60ç§éã«ã3åã®å¶åæäœãã£ãŠãæ¬èŠåã®éå
3ã®2.1é ã«èŠå®ãããã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã«ãããŠæ±ããããäž»å¶åæ§èœãšåç以
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) that required by the Type-0 test for service braking performance as prescribed in
paragraph 2.1. of Annex 3 to this Regulation, and
(c) After the period mentioned above, or as from the fourth brake application within
the 60 second period, whichever occurs first, generate a static total braking force at
least equivalent to that required by the Type-0 test for secondary braking performance
as prescribed in paragraph 2.2. of Annex 3 to this Regulation.
It should be understood that sufficient energy is available in the energy transmission
of the service braking system.
äžã®éçç·å¶ååãçºçããããã€ã
(c) äžèšã®æéçµéåŸãåã¯60ç§éã®éã«4åç®ã®å¶åæäœã®ããããæ©ãæ¹
ãçºçãããšãã«ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã®2.2é ã«èŠå®ãããã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã«ãã
ãŠæ±ããããè£å©å¶åæ§èœãšåç以äžã®éçç·å¶ååãçºçããã
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒäŒéè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠã¯ãååãªãšãã«ã®ãŒã䜿çšã§ã
ããã®ãšè§£ããã
5.2.20.2.
In the case of a single temporary failure (< 40 ms) within the electric control
transmission, excluding its energy supply, (e.g. non-transmitted signal or data error)
there shall be no distinguishable effect on the service braking performance.
5.2.20.2.
ãšãã«ã®ãŒäŸçµŠè£ 眮ãé€ããé»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®å ã®åäžã®ç¬éçæ éïŒ40
msæªæºïŒãçºçãããšãïŒäŸãã°ãä¿¡å·ã®äžäŒéåã¯ããŒã¿ã®ãšã©ãŒïŒãäž»
å¶åæ§èœã«é¡èãªåœ±é¿ããªããã®ãšããã
5.2.20.3.
A failure within the electric control transmission7, not including its energy reserve,
that affects the function and performance of systems addressed in this Regulation shall
be indicated to the driver by the red or yellow warning signal specified in paragraphs
5.2.21.1.1. and 5.2.21.1.2., respectively, as appropriate. When the prescribed service
braking performance can no longer be achieved (red warning signal), failures resulting
from a loss of electrical continuity (e.g. breakage, disconnection) shall be signalled to
the driver as soon as they occur, and the prescribed secondary braking performance
shall be fulfilled by operating the service braking control in accordance with
paragraph 2.2. of Annex 3 to this Regulation. 7 Until uniform test procedures have been agreed, the manufacturer shall provide the
Technical Service with an analysis of potential failures within the control transmission
and their effects. This information shall be subject to discussion and agreement
between the Technical Service and the vehicle manufacturer.
5.2.20.3.
æ¬èŠåã§æ±ãæ©æ§ã®æ©èœåã³æ§èœã«åœ±é¿ãåãŒããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒãé€ãé»
æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ã®æ é7ãçºçãããšãã¯ãäžèš5.2.21.1.1é åã³5.2.21.1.2
é ã«èŠå®ãããèµ€è²åã¯é»è²èŠå ±è£ 眮ã«ãã£ãŠãé転è ã«èŠå ±ãããã®ãšã
ãããŸããèŠå®ã®äž»å¶åæ§èœã®èŠä»¶ïŒäŸãã°ãæç·ãæ¥ç¶ã®åé¢çïŒãéæ
ã§ããªãå Žåã¯ïŒèµ€è²èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ïŒãçŽã¡ã«é転è ã«èŠå ±ãããã®ãšããããŸ
ãèŠå®ã®è£å©å¶åæ§èœèŠä»¶ã¯ãæ¬èŠåãéå3ã®2.2é ã«åŸã£ãŠäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã
æäœããããšã«ãã£ãŠæºãããããã®ãšããã 7 çµ±äžè©Šéšæé ã決å®ãããŸã§ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ãå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®å ã®èµ·ããåŸã
æ éåã³ãã®çµæåæãæè¡æ©é¢ã«æäŸãããã®ãšããããããæ å ±ã¯ãæ
è¡æ©é¢åã³è»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒéã§ã®åè°ãšåæã«åºã¥ããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.2.20.4.
In the event of a failure of the energy source of the electric control transmission,
starting from the nominal value of the energy level, the full control range of the
service braking system shall be guaranteed after twenty consecutive full stroke
actuations of the service braking control. During the test, the braking control shall be
fully applied for 20 seconds and released for 5 seconds on each actuation. It should be
understood that during the above test sufficient energy is available in the energy
transmission to ensure full actuation of the service braking system. This requirement
shall not be construed as a departure from the requirements of Annex 4.
5.2.20.4.
é»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºã®æ éãçããå Žåã§ãããšãã«ã®ãŒæ°Ž
æºã®å ¬ç§°å€ããéå§ããŠãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®é£ç¶20åãã«ã¹ãããŒã¯æäœãè¡ã£
ãåŸããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯å šæäœç¯å²ã«ããã£ãŠä¿èšŒããããã®ãšãããæ¬è©Šéš
ã¯ãå¶åæäœã¯20ç§éäœåãããããããã®äœåæ¯ã«5ç§é解é€ãããã®ãšã
ããäžèšè©Šéšã®éãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å®å šãªäœåã確ä¿ããããããšãã«ã®ãŒäŒ
éè£ çœ®å ã§ååãªãšãã«ã®ãŒãåŸããããã®ãšãããæ¬èŠä»¶ã¯éå4ã®èŠä»¶ãš
èåãããã®ãšè§£ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.2.20.5.
When the battery voltage falls below a value nominated by the manufacturer at which
the prescribed service braking performance can no longer be guaranteed and/or which
precludes at least two independent service braking circuits from each achieving the
prescribed secondary braking performance, the red warning signal specified in
paragraph 5.2.21.1.1. shall be activated. After the warning signal has been activated, it
shall be possible to apply the service braking control and obtain at least the secondary
performance prescribed in paragraph 2.2. of Annex 3 to this Regulation.
It should be understood that sufficient energy is available in the energy transmission
of the service braking system.
5.2.20.5.
èé»æ± é»å§ããèŠå®ã®äž»å¶åæ§èœããã¯ãä¿èšŒã§ããªããªããåã¯å°ãªããš
ã2ã€ã®ç¬ç«ããå¶åè£ çœ®ããèŠå®ãããè£å©å¶åæ§èœèŠä»¶ãéæã§ããªããª
ããªã©ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ããå€ããäœäžãããšãã«ã¯ã5.2.21.1.1é ã«èŠå®ã
ããèµ€è²èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãäœåãããã®ãšãããåœè©²èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãäœåããåŸãäž»å¶
åè£ çœ®ãæäœããããšã«ãã£ãŠãå°ãªããšãæ¬èŠåãéå3ã®2.2é ã«èŠå®ã
ããè£å©å¶åæ§èœèŠä»¶ã«é©åãããã®ãšããã
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒäŒéè£ çœ®å ã§ååãªãšãã«ã®ãŒãåŸããããã®ãšã
ãã
5.2.20.6.
If auxiliary equipment is supplied with energy from the same reserve as the electric
control transmission, it shall be ensured that, with the engine running at a speed not
greater than 80 per cent of the maximum power speed, the supply of energy is
sufficient to fulfil the prescribed deceleration values by either provision of an energy
supply which is able to prevent discharge of this reserve when all auxiliary equipment
is functioning or by automatically switching off pre-selected parts of the auxiliary
5.2.20.6.
é»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ãšåãèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒãããšãã«ã®ãŒãäŸçµŠãããå€éš
è£ çœ®ã¯ããã¹ãŠã®å€éšè£ 眮ãäœåããŠãããšãã«ãèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã®æŸåºã
é²æ¢ããããšãã§ãããšãã«ã®ãŒäŸçµŠæ¹æ³åã¯æ¬èŠåã®5.2.20.5é ã«èŠå®ã
ããéçé»å§ã®ãšãã«ããã以äžã®èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒã®æŸåºãé²ãããã«å€éš
è£ çœ®ã®éžå®ãããéšåãèªåçã«åæããæ¹æ³ã«ããããšãã«ã®ãŒäŸçµŠãã
ååæ©ãæ倧åºåå転æ°ã®80%以äžã§äœåãããç¶æ ã«ãããŠãå®ãããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) equipment at a voltage above the critical level referred to in paragraph 5.2.20.5. of this
Regulation such that further discharge of this reserve is prevented. Compliance may
be demonstrated by calculation or by a practical test. This paragraph does not apply to
vehicles where the prescribed deceleration values can be reached without the use of
electrical energy.
æžé床ãæºããããã«ååãªãã®ã§ããããšãä¿èšŒãããªããã°ãªããªãã
æ¬èŠä»¶ãžã®é©åæ§ã¯ãèšç®åã¯å®éã®è©Šéšã§èšŒæããŠããããæ¬é ã¯ãé»æ°
ãšãã«ã®ãŒã䜿çšããããšãªãå®ããããæžé床èŠä»¶ãæºããããšã®ã§ãã
è»äž¡ã«ã¯ãé©çšããªãã
5.2.20.7.
If the auxiliary equipment is supplied with energy from the electric control
transmission, the following requirements shall be fulfilled:
5.2.20.7.
å€éšè£ 眮ã«é»æ°åŒå¶åŸ¡äŒéè£ çœ®ãããšãã«ã®ãŒãäŸçµŠãããå Žåã¯ãäžèšèŠ
件ãæºãããã®ãšããã
5.2.20.7.1.
In the event of a failure in the energy source, whilst the vehicle is in motion, the
energy in the reservoir shall be sufficient to actuate the brakes when the control is
applied;
5.2.20.7.1.
è»äž¡ã®èµ°è¡äžã«ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºã«æ éãçããå Žåããªã¶ãŒãå ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒ
ã¯ãæäœè£ 眮ãæäœããæã«å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåãããã®ã«ååãªãã®ã§ãããš
ããã
5.2.20.7.2.
In the event of a failure in the energy source, whilst the vehicle is stationary and the
parking braking system applied, the energy in the reservoir shall be sufficient to
actuate the lights even when the brakes are applied.
5.2.20.7.2.
è»äž¡ãåæ¢ããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåããŠãããšãã«ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºã«æ éãç
ããå Žåããªã¶ãŒãå ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒã¯ãå¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåãããšãã§ãç¯ç«åš
ãç¹ç¯ããã®ã«ååãªãã®ã§ãããšããã
5.2.21.
The general requirements for optical warning signals whose function is to indicate to
the driver certain specified failures (or defects) within the braking equipment of the
motor vehicle, are set out in the following sub-paragraphs. Other than as described in
paragraph 5.2.21.5. below, these signals shall be used exclusively for the purposes
prescribed by this Regulation.
5.2.21.
èªåè»ã®å¶åæ©åšã«ãããç¹å®ã®æ éïŒåã¯æ¬ é¥ïŒãé転è ã«è¡šç€ºããæ©èœ
ããã€å åŠèŠåè£ çœ®ã«é¢ããäžè¬èŠä»¶ã¯ã次ã®éããšãããäžèš5.2.21.5é ã«
å®ããå Žåãé€ãããããã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã¯ãæ¬èŠåãå®ããç®çã®ããã ãã«
䜿çšãããã®ãšããã
5.2.21.1.
Motor vehicles shall be capable of providing optical brake failure and defect warning
signals, as follows:
5.2.21.1.
èªåè»ã«ã¯ãäžèšã®ãããªå åŠã®å¶åè£ çœ®æ éæèŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãåããªããã°ãª
ããªãã
5.2.21.1.1. 5.2.21.1.1.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) A red warning signal, indicating failures defined elsewhere in this Regulation within
the vehicle braking equipment which preclude achievement of the prescribed service
braking performance and/or which preclude the functioning of at least one of two
independent service braking circuits;
èŠå®ãããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åã§ããªããªããåã¯2ã€ã®ç¬ç«ããäž»å¶å
è£ çœ®ç³»çµ±ã®ãã¡å°ãªããšã1ã€ã®æ§èœã倱ããããããªãæ¬èŠåã«ãããŠå®ã
ãè»äž¡ã®å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ éã衚瀺ããå Žåã¯ãèµ€è²ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã
5.2.21.1.2.
Where applicable, a yellow warning signal indicating an electrically detected defect
within the vehicle braking equipment, which is not indicated by the red warning signal
described in paragraph 5.2.21.1.1. above.
5.2.21.1.2.
äžèš5.2.21.1.1é ã«èŠå®ãããèµ€è²ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã§è¡šç€ºãããªãè»äž¡ã®å¶åæ©åš
ã®æ éã§ãã£ãŠãé»æ°çã«æ€åºãããã®ã衚瀺ããå Žåã¯ãé»è²ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã
5.2.21.2.
The warning signals shall be visible, even by daylight; the satisfactory condition of
the signals shall be easily verifiable by the driver from the driver's seat; the failure of a
component of the warning devices shall not entail any loss of the braking system's
performance.
5.2.21.2.
èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã¯ãæ¥äžã§ã確èªã§ããé転åžã«ããé転è ã容æã«ç¢ºèªã§ããã
ã®ã§ãªããã°ãªããªããèŠå ±è£ 眮ã®æ§æéšåã®æ éã¯ãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ§èœäœäž
ããããããªããã®ãšããã
5.2.21.3.
Except where stated otherwise:
5.2.21.3.
å¥éå®ããå Žåãé€ãã
5.2.21.3.1.
A specified failure or defect shall be signalled to the driver by the above-mentioned
warning signal(s) not later than on actuation of the relevant braking control;
5.2.21.3.1.
æå®ãããæ éåã¯æ¬ é¥æã«ã¯ãé¢é£ããå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœããé ããããšãª
ããèŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã«ããé転è ãžèŠå ±ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.21.3.2.
The warning signal(s) shall remain displayed as long as the failure/defect persists and
the ignition (start) switch is in the "On" (run) position; and
5.2.21.3.2.
èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã¯ãåœè©²æ éåã¯æ¬ é¥ãç¶ç¶ãããã€ãå§åè£ çœ®ãããªã³ãïŒèµ°è¡ïŒ
äœçœ®ã«ããéãã衚瀺ããããŸãŸã§ãããã®ãšãããåã³ã
5.2.21.3.3.
The warning signal shall be constant (not flashing).
5.2.21.3.3.
èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã¯ãç¹æ» ããã«äžå®ã§ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.21.4.
The warning signal(s) mentioned above shall light up when the electrical equipment
of the vehicle (and the braking system) is energised. With the vehicle stationary, the
5.2.21.4.
äžè¿°ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã¯ãè»äž¡ã®é»è£ åïŒåã³å¶åè£ çœ®ïŒãéé»ããããšãã«ç¹ç¯
ãããã®ãšãããè»äž¡ãåæ¢ããŠãããšããå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãä¿¡å·ãæ¶ããåã«
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) braking system shall verify that none of the specified failures or defects are present
before extinguishing the signals. Specified failures or defects which should activate
the warning signals mentioned above, but which are not detected under static
conditions, shall be stored upon detection and be displayed at start-up and at all times
when the ignition (start) switch is in the "On" (run) position, as long as the failure or
defect persists.
æå®ãããæ éåã¯æ¬ é¥ãç¡ãããšã確èªããªããã°ãªããªããäžè¿°ã®èŠå ±
ä¿¡å·ãäœåãã¹ãã§ããããéçãªç¶æ ã§ã¯æ€åºãããªãæå®ã®æ éã¯ãæ€
åºæã«ä¿åããåœè©²æ éåã¯æ¬ é¥ãç¶ç¶ããéãå§åæåã³å§åè£ çœ®ãããª
ã³ãïŒèµ°è¡ïŒäœçœ®ã«ãããšãã«ã¯åžžã«è¡šç€ºãããã®ãšããã
5.2.21.5.
Non specified failures (or defects), or other information concerning the brakes and/or
running gear of the power-driven vehicle, may be indicated by the yellow signal
specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.2. above, provided that all the following conditions are
fulfilled:
5.2.21.5.
æå®ãããŠããªãè»äž¡ã®å¶åè£ çœ®åã³/åã¯èµ°è¡è£ 眮ã«é¢ããæ éïŒåã¯æ¬
é¥ïŒããã®ä»ã®æ å ±ã¯ã以äžã®æ¡ä»¶ãå šãŠæºããå Žåã«éããäžèš5.2.21.1.2
é ã«å®ããé»è²ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã«ãã衚瀺ããŠãããã
5.2.21.5.1.
The vehicle is stationary;
5.2.21.5.1.
è»äž¡ãåæ¢ç¶æ ã§ããããšã
5.2.21.5.2.
After the braking equipment is first energised and the signal has indicated that,
following the procedures detailed in paragraph 5.2.21.4. above, no specified failures
(or defects) have been identified; and
5.2.21.5.2.
å¶åæ©åšã«æåã«éé»ãããäžèš 5.2.21.4 é ã«è©³è¿°ããæé ã«åŸã£ãŠãæå®
ãããæ éïŒåã¯æ¬ é¥ïŒããªãããšã衚瀺ãããåŸã«è¡šç€ºããããã®ã§ãã
ããšãåã³ã
5.2.21.5.3.
Non-specified faults or other information shall be indicated only by the flashing of the
warning signal. However, the warning signal shall be extinguished by the time when
the vehicle first exceeds 10 km/h.
5.2.21.5.3.
æå®ãããŠããªãæ éåã¯ãã®ä»ã®æ å ±ããèŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãç¹æ» ãããããšã«ã
ã衚瀺ããããã®ã§ããããšããã ããåœè©²èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã¯ãè»äž¡ãæåã« 10 km/h
ãè¶ ããåã«æ¶ãããã®ã§ããããšã
5.2.22.
Generation of a braking signal to illuminate stop lamps.
5.2.22.
å¶åç¯ãç¹ç¯ãããå¶åä¿¡å·ã®çºç
5.2.22.1.
Activation of the service braking system by the driver shall generate a signal that will
be used to illuminate the stop lamps.
5.2.22.1.
é転è ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåãããå Žåã«ãå¶åç¯ã®ç¹ç¯ã«äœ¿çšãããä¿¡å·ã
çºçãããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.2.22.2.
Activation of the service braking system by "automatically commanded braking" shall
generate the signal mentioned above. However, when the retardation generated is less
than 0.7 m/s2, the signal may be suppressed8. 8 At the time of type approval, compliance with this requirement shall be confirmed
by the vehicle manufacturer.
5.2.22.2.
ãèªåæ什å¶åãã«ããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãäœåããå Žåã«ãäžèšã®ä¿¡å·ãçºãã
ãã®ãšããããã ããçºçããæžéã0.7 m/s2æªæºã®å Žåã¯ãåœè©²ä¿¡å·ãçºã
ãªããŠããã8ã 8 ååŒèªå¯æã«ã¯ãæ¬èŠä»¶ãžã®é©åã¯è»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã確èªãããã®ãšããã
5.2.22.3.
Activation of part of the service braking system by "selective braking" shall not
generate the signal mentioned above9. 9 During a "selective braking" event, the function may change to "automatically
commanded braking".
5.2.22.3.
ãéžæå¶åæ©èœãã«ããäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äžéšãäœåããå Žåãäžè¿°ã®ä¿¡å·ãçº
ããŠã¯ãªããªã9ã 9 ãéžæå¶åæ©èœãã®äœåäžã¯ãåœè©²æ©èœã¯ãèªåæ什å¶åãã«åãæ¿ãã
ããšãã§ããã
5.2.22.4.
Electric regenerative braking systems as defined in paragraph 2.17., which produce a
retarding force upon release of the accelerator control, shall generate the signal
mentioned above according to the following provisions:
5.2.22.4.
2.17 é ã«å®çŸ©ãããã¢ã¯ã»ã«æäœè£ 眮ã®éæŸã«ããå¶ååãçºçãããé»æ°
åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ã以äžã®èŠå®ã«åŸã£ãŠäžè¿°ã®ä¿¡å·ãçºãããã®ãšããã
Vehicle decelerations Signal generation
< 0.7 m/s2 The signal shall not be generated
> 0.7 m/s2 and < 1.3 m/s2 The signal may be generated
> 1.3 m/s2 The signal shall be generated
è»äž¡ã®æžé床 ä¿¡å·çºç
0.7 m/s2 ä»¥äž ä¿¡å·ãçºããªããã®ãšãã
0.7 m/s2 è¶ åã³ 1.3 m/s2 ä»¥äž ä¿¡å·ãçºããŠããã
1.3 m/s2 è¶ ä¿¡å·ãçºãããã®ãšãã
In all cases the signal shall be de-activated at the latest when the deceleration has
fallen below 0.7 m/s28. 8 At the time of type approval, compliance with this requirement shall be confirmed
by the vehicle manufacturer.
ãã¹ãŠã®å Žåã«ãããŠãåœè©²ä¿¡å·ã¯ãé ããšãæžé床ã0.7 m/s2ãäžåãåã«ã
åœè©²ä¿¡å·ã®çºçãåæ¢ããããã®ãšãã8ã 8 ååŒèªå¯æã«ã¯ãæ¬èŠä»¶ãžã®é©åã¯è»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã確èªãããã®ãšããã
5.2.23.
When a vehicle is equipped with the means to indicate emergency braking, activation
5.2.23.
ç·æ¥å¶å衚瀺ç¯ãåããè»äž¡ã®å Žåã«ã¯ãç·æ¥å¶å衚瀺ç¯ã®çºååã³åæ¢ã¯ã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) and de-activation of the emergency braking signal shall only be generated by the
application of the service braking system when the following conditions are fulfilled8: 8 At the time of type approval, compliance with this requirement shall be confirmed
by the vehicle manufacturer.
以äžã®æ¡ä»¶ãæºããããŠãããšãã«ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äœåã«ãã£ãŠã®ã¿è¡ãã
ã®ãšãã8ã 8 ååŒèªå¯æã«ã¯ãæ¬èŠä»¶ãžã®é©åã¯è»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã確èªãããã®ãšããã
5.2.23.1.
The signal shall not be activated when the vehicle deceleration is below 6 m/s2 but it
may be generated at any deceleration at or above this value, the actual value being
defined by the vehicle manufacturer.
The signal shall be de-activated at the latest when the deceleration has fallen below
2.5 m/s2.
5.2.23.1.
è»äž¡ã®æžé床ã6 m/s2ãäžåã£ãŠãããšãã¯ä¿¡å·ãçºããªããã®ãšããããåœ
該å€ä»¥äžã§ããã°ããããã®æžé床ã§ãçºããããšãã§ãããå®éã®å€ã¯è»
äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãèŠå®ããã
åœè©²ä¿¡å·ã¯ãé ããšãæžé床ã 2.5 m/s2 ãäžåãåã«åæ¢ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.23.2.
The following conditions may also be used:
(a) The signal may be generated from a prediction of the vehicle deceleration resulting
from the braking demand respecting the activation and de-activation thresholds
defined in paragraph 5.2.23.1. above;
or
(b) The signal may be activated at a speed above 50 km/h when the antilock system is
fully cycling (as defined in paragraph 2. of Annex 6).
The signal shall be deactivated when the antilock system is no longer fully cycling.
5.2.23.2.
以äžã®æ¡ä»¶ã䜿çšããããšãã§ããã
(a) åœè©²ä¿¡å·ã¯ãäžèš5.2.23.1é ã«å®çŸ©ãããçºååã³åæ¢ã®éŸå€ãé å®ããª
ãããå¶åèŠæ±ã®çµæã«ããè»äž¡æžé床ã®äºæž¬ã«åºã¥ããŠçºããããšãã§ã
ãã
åã¯ã
(b) åœè©²ä¿¡å·ã¯ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ã·ã¹ãã ããã«ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ç¶æ ïŒéå6ã®2
é ã®å®çŸ©ã«ããïŒã«ããå Žåã«ã¯ã50 km/hãè¶ ããé床ã§çºããããšãã§ã
ãã
åœè©²ä¿¡å·ã¯ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ã·ã¹ãã ããã«ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ç¶æ ããè±ãããšã
ã«åæ¢ãããã®ãšããã
5.2.24.
Power-driven vehicles of category M1 and N1 equipped with temporary-use spare
wheels/tyres shall satisfy the relevant technical requirements of Annex 3 to Regulation
No. 64.
5.2.24.
å¿æ¥çšã¹ãã¢ãã€ãŒã«åã³ã¿ã€ã€ãè£ åããè»äž¡åºå M1 åã³ N1ã®ååé§å
è»äž¡ã¯ãæ¬åå®èŠå第64å·ã®éå3ã®é¢é£ããæè¡èŠä»¶ãæºãããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 6. Tests
Braking tests which the vehicles submitted for approval are required to undergo, and
the braking performance required, are described in Annex 3 to this Regulation.
6. è©Šéš
èªå¯ã®ããã«æåºãããè»äž¡ãåãããå¶åè©Šéšåã³è©Šéšãå¿ èŠãšããå¶å
æ§èœã«ã€ããŠã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå 3 ã«å®ããã
7. Modification of vehicle type or braking system and extension of approval 7. ååŒåã¯å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å€æŽåã³èªå¯ã®æ¡å€§
7.1.
Every modification of the vehicle type or of its braking system shall be notified to the
Administrative Department which approved the vehicle type. That department may
then either:
7.1.
ååŒåã¯ãã®å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ããããã¹ãŠã®å€æŽã¯ãåœè©²ååŒãèªå¯ããè¡æ¿å®
åºãžéç¥ãããã®ãšãããè¡æ¿å®åºã¯ã次ã®ããããã®æªçœ®ãåãããšãã§
ããã
7.1.1.
consider that the modifications made are unlikely to have an appreciable adverse
effect and that in any case the vehicle still meets the requirements; or
7.1.1.
å®æœãããå€æŽã«ãã£ãŠèããæªåœ±é¿ãçããèŠèŸŒã¿ãäœãããããã®å Žå
ã§ãè»äž¡ãåŒãç¶ãèŠä»¶ã«é©åãããšå€æããããšã
7.1.2.
require a further report from the Technical Service responsible for carrying out the
tests.
7.1.2.
è©Šéšã®å®æœãæ åœããæè¡æ©é¢ã«è¿œå ã®è©Šéšæ瞟æžãèŠæ±ããããšã
7.2.
Notice of confirmation, extension, or refusal of approval shall be communicated by
the procedure specified in paragraph 4.3. above, to the Parties to the Agreement which
apply this Regulation.
7.2.
èªå¯ã®ç¢ºèªãæ¡å€§åã¯æåŠã«ã€ããŠã¯ãäžèš 4.3 é ã«å®ããæé ã«ãããæ¬
èŠåãé©çšããåå®ç· çŽåœã«éç¥ãããã®ãšããã
7.3.
The Competent Authority issuing the extension of approval shall assign a series of
numbers to each communication form drawn up for such an extension.
7.3.
èªå¯ã®æ¡å€§ãä»äžããè¡æ¿å®åºã¯ãåœè©²æ¡å€§ã®ããã«äœæããåéç¥æžã«é
ãçªå·ãå²ãåœãŠãã
8. Conformity of production
The conformity of production procedures shall comply with those set out in the
Agreement, Appendix 2 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2) with the following
8. çç£ã®é©åæ§
çç£ã®é©åæ§ã®æé ã¯ãäžèšã®èŠä»¶ããã£ãŠãæ¬åå®ã®ä»é² 2
ïŒE/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2ïŒã«èŠå®ãããæé ã«é©åãããã®ãš
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) requirements: ããã
8.1.
A vehicle approved to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the
type approved by meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph 5. above.
8.1.
æ¬èŠåã«åºã¥ããŠèªå¯ãããè»äž¡ã¯ãäžèš 5 é ã«å®ããèŠä»¶ãæºããããšã«
ãã£ãŠãèªå¯æžã¿ååŒã«é©åããããã«è£œé ããããã®ãšããã
8.2.
The authority which has granted type approval may at any time verify the conformity
control methods applied in each production facility. The normal frequency of these
verifications shall be once every two years.
8.2.
ååŒèªå¯ãä»äžããè¡æ¿å®åºãåçç£æœèšã§é©çšãããŠããé©åæ§ç®¡çæ¹æ³
ããã€ã§ã確èªããããšãã§ãããããã確èªã¯ã2 幎㫠1 åè¡ãããã
9. Penalties for non-conformity of production 9. çç£ã®äžé©åã«å¯Ÿãã眰å
9.1.
The approval granted in respect of a vehicle type pursuant to this Regulation may be
withdrawn if the requirements laid down in paragraph 8.1. above are not complied
with.
9.1.
æ¬èŠåã«æºããååŒã«é¢ããŠä»äžãããèªå¯ã¯ãäžèš 8.1 é ã«å®ããèŠä»¶ã
æºããããªãå Žåã¯ãåãæ¶ãããšãã§ããã
9.2.
If a Contracting Party to the Agreement which applies this Regulation withdraws an
approval it has previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting
Parties applying this Regulation by means of a copy of the communication form
conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this Regulation.
9.2.
æ¬èŠåãé©çšããåå®å çåœãã以åã«ä»äžããèªå¯ãåãæ¶ãå Žåãåœè©²
åœã¯ãæ¬èŠåãé©çšããä»ã®åå®å çåœã«å¯Ÿããæ¬èŠåã®éå1ã®ã²ãªåã«é©
åããéç¥æžã«ãã£ãŠçŽã¡ã«ãã®æšãéç¥ããã
10. Production definitely discontinued
If the holder of the approval completely ceases to manufacture a type of vehicle
approved in accordance with this Regulation, he shall so inform the authority which
granted the approval. Upon receiving the relevant communication, that authority shall
inform thereof the other Parties to the Agreement applying this Regulation by means
of copies of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this
10. çç£äžæ¢
èªå¯ã®ä¿æè ããæ¬èŠåã«åŸã£ãŠèªå¯ãããè»äž¡ååŒã®çç£ãå®å šã«åæ¢ã
ãå Žåã¯ãèªå¯ãä»äžããè¡æ¿å®åºã«ãã®æšãéç¥ãããã®ãšãããè¡æ¿å®
åºã¯ããããéç¥ã®åé åŸãæ¬èŠåãé©çšããä»ã®åå®ç· çŽåœã«å¯Ÿããæ¬èŠ
åã®éå1ã®ã²ãªåã«é©åããéç¥æžãã£ãŠãã®æšãéç¥ããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Regulation.
11. Names and addresses of the technical services conducting approval tests, and
of administrative departments
The Parties to the Agreement applying this Regulation shall communicate to the
United Nations secretariat the names and addresses of the Technical Services
responsible for conducting approval tests and of the Administrative Departments
which grant approval and to which forms, certifying approval or extension or refusal
or withdrawal of approval, issued in other countries, are to be sent.
11. èªå¯è©Šéšã®å®æœãæ åœãã責任ãæããæè¡æ©é¢ãªãã³ã«è¡æ¿å®åºã®å
称ãšæåšå°
æ¬èŠåãé©çšããåå®ç· çŽåœã¯ãèªå¯è©Šéšã®å®æœãæ åœããæè¡æ©é¢åã³èª
å¯ãä»äžããè¡æ¿å®åºïŒèªå¯ãä»äžããä»åœã§ä»äžãããèªå¯ã®èšŒæåã¯èª
å¯ã®æ¡å€§ãæåŠãåæ¶ãã«ã€ããŠã®æžåŒãåé ããæ©é¢ïŒã®å称åã³æåšå°
ããåœé£äºåå±ã«éç¥ããã
12. Transitional provisions 12. éæž¡èŠå®
12.1.
As from 1 September 2018, no Contracting Party applying this regulation shall refuse
to grant or refuse to accept type approvals to this regulation as amended by the 01
series of amendments.
12.1.
æ¬èŠåã®è£è¶³16ã®çºå¹æ¥ä»¥éãæ¬èŠåãé©çšããç· çŽåœã¯ãè£è¶³16ã«ããæ¹
èšãããæ¬èŠåã«åºã¥ãååŒèªå¯ã®ä»äžãŸãã¯åãå ¥ããæåŠããªããã®ãš
ããã
12.2.
Even after 1 September 2018, Contracting Parties applying this regulation shall
continue to accept type approvals granted to the 00 series of amendments to this
regulation.
However, Contracting Parties applying this regulation shall not be obliged to accept,
for the purpose of national or regional type approval, type approvals to the 00 series of
amendments to this regulation for vehicle types not fitted with a Vehicle Stability
Function (as defined in Regulation No. 13) or ESC and BAS.
12.2.
2018幎9æ1æ¥ä»¥éããæ¬èŠåãé©çšããç· çŽåœã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®00æ¹èšã·ãªãŒãº
ã«åºã¥ãä»äžãããååŒèªå¯ãåŒãç¶ãåãå ¥ãããã®ãšããã
ãã ããæ¬èŠåãé©çšããç· çŽåœã¯ãåœå ãŸãã¯å°åå ã®ååŒèªå¯ãç®çãš
ããŠãè»äž¡å®å®æ§æ©èœïŒèŠåNo. 13ã®å®çŸ©ã«ããïŒããªãã¡ESCããã³BAS
ãè£ åããŠããªãè»äž¡ååŒã«é¢ããæ¬èŠåã®00æ¹èšã·ãªãŒãºã«åºã¥ãååŒèª
å¯ãåãå ¥ãã矩åãè² ããªããã®ãšããã
12.3.
As from 1 September 2018, Contracting Parties applying this regulation shall grant
type approvals only if the vehicle type to be approved meets the requirements of this
12.3.
2018 幎 9 æ 1 æ¥ä»¥éãæ¬èŠåãé©çšããç· çŽåœã¯ãèªå¯å¯Ÿè±¡ã®è»äž¡ååŒã 01
æ¹èšã·ãªãŒãºã«ãã£ãŠæ¹èšãããæ¬èŠåã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããŠããå Žåã«ã®ã¿ã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) regulation as amended by the 01 series of amendments. ååŒèªå¯ãä»äžãããã®ãšããã
12.4.
Contracting Parties applying this regulation shall not refuse to grant extensions of type
approvals for existing types, regardless of whether they are fitted with a Vehicle
Stability Function (as defined in Regulation No. 13) or ESC and BAS or not, on the
basis of the provisions valid at the time of the original approval.
12.4.
æ¬èŠåãé©çšããç· çŽåœã¯ãåœè©²è»äž¡ååŒãè»äž¡å®å®æ§æ©èœïŒèŠå No. 13 ã®
å®çŸ©ã«ããïŒããªãã¡ ESC ããã³ BAS ãè£ åããŠãããåŠãã«ãããããã
æåã®èªå¯ã®æç¹ã§æå¹ã ã£ãèŠå®ã«åºã¥ããæ¢åååŒã«é¢ããååŒèªå¯æ¡
倧ã®ä»äžãæåŠããªããã®ãšããã
Annex 1
Communication* * At the request of (an) applicant(s) for Regulation No. 90 approval, the information
shall be provided by the Type Approval Authority as contained in Appendix 1 to this
annex. However, this information shall not be provided for purposes other than
Regulation No. 90 approvals.
(Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm))
éå1
éç¥* * æ¬åå®èŠå第90å·ã®èªå¯ç³è«è ããèŠè«ãããã°ãè¡æ¿å®åºã¯ãæ¬éåã®
ä»é²1ã«èšèŒãããŠããæ å ±ãæäŸãããã®ãšããããã ãããããæ å ±ã¯ã
æ¬åå®èŠå第90å·ã®èªå¯ä»¥å€ã®ç®çã«ãããŠã¯æäŸããªããã®ãšããã
ïŒæ倧 A4 å€ïŒ210Ã297 mmïŒïŒ
issued by: Name of administration:
1 Distinguishing number of the country which has
granted/extended/refused/withdrawn approval (see provisions in the Regulation).
concerning2 2 Strike out what does not apply.
APPROVAL GRANTED
APPROVAL EXTENDED
APPROVAL REFUSED
çºè¡ïŒè¡æ¿å®åºå
1 èªå¯ãä»äžïŒæ¡å€§ïŒæåŠïŒåæ¶ããåœã®èå¥çªå·ïŒæ¬èŠåã®èŠå®åç §ïŒã
æ¬åå®èŠå第13-Hå·ã«åºã¥ããå¶åã«é¢ããååŒã®
èªå¯ä»äž
èªå¯æ¡å€§
èªå¯æåŠ
èªå¯åæ¶
çç£äžæ¢
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) APPROVAL WITHDRAWN
PRODUCTION DEFINITELY DISCONTINUED
of a vehicle type with regard to braking, pursuant to Regulation No. 13-H
Approval No.
Extension No.
ã«ã€ã㊠2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
èªå¯çªå·
æ¡å€§çªå·
1. Trade name or mark of the vehicle 1. è»äž¡ã®åå·åã¯åæš
2. Vehicle type 2. è»äž¡ååŒ
3. Manufacturer's name and address 3. ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã®å称åã³æåšå°
4. If applicable, name and address of manufacturer's representative 4. 該åœããå Žåãã¡ãŒã«ãŒã®ä»£ç人ã®å称åã³æåšå°
5. Mass of vehicle 5. è»äž¡ã®è³ªé
5.1. Maximum mass of vehicle 5.1. è»äž¡ã®æ倧質é
5.2. Minimum mass of vehicle 5.2. è»äž¡ã®æå°è³ªé
6. Distribution of mass of each axle (maximum value) 6. åè»è»žã®è³ªéé åïŒæ倧å€ïŒ
7. Make and type of brake linings, discs and drums: 7. ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ããã£ã¹ã¯åã³ãã©ã ã®æ©çš®äžŠã³ã«ååŒ
7.1. Brake linings 7.1. ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°
7.1.1. Brake linings tested to all relevant prescriptions of Annex 3 7.1.1. éå 3 ã®ãã¹ãŠã®è©²åœããèŠå®ã«åºã¥ããŠè©Šéšãè¡ã£ããã¬ãŒãã©ã€
ãã³ã°
7.1.2. Alternative brake linings tested in Annex 7 7.1.2. éå 7 ã§è©Šéšãè¡ã£ã代æ¿ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°
7.2. Brake disc and drums 7.2. ãã¬ãŒããã£ã¹ã¯åã³ãã©ã
7.2.1. Identification code of brake discs covered by the braking system approval 7.2.1. åœè©²å¶åè£ çœ®èªå¯ã®å¯Ÿè±¡ã§ãããã¬ãŒããã£ã¹ã¯ã®èå¥ã³ãŒã
7.2.2. Identification code of brake drums covered by the braking system approval 7.2.2. åœè©²å¶åè£ çœ®èªå¯ã®å¯Ÿè±¡ã§ãããã¬ãŒããã©ã ã®èå¥ã³ãŒã
8. Engine type 8. ãšã³ãžã³ã®ååŒ
9. Number and ratios of gears 9. ã®ã¢ã®æ°åã³æ¯ç
10. Final drive ratio(s) 10. æçµæžéæ¯
11. If applicable, maximum mass of trailer which may be coupled 11. 該åœããå Žåãé£çµå¯èœãªãã¬ãŒã©ã®æ倧質é
11.1. Unbraked trailer 11.1. äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãåããŠããªã被çœåŒè»
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 12. Tyre dimension 12. ã¿ã€ã€ã®å¯žæ³
12.1. Temporary-use spare wheel / tyre dimensions 12.1. äžæçã«äœ¿çšããã¹ãã¢ãã€ãŒã«åã³ã¿ã€ã€ã®å¯žæ³
12.2.
Vehicle meets the technical requirements of Annex 3 to Regulation No.
64: ................................Yes/No2 2 Strike out what does not apply.
12.2.
è»äž¡ã¯æ¬èŠå 64å·ã®éå3ã®æè¡èŠä»¶ã«é©åããã..............ã¯ãïŒããã2 2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
13. Maximum design speed 13. æ倧èšèšé床
14. Brief description of braking equipment 14. å¶åæ©åšã®æŠèŠ
15. Mass of vehicle when tested:
Laden (kg) Unladen (kg)
Axle No. 1
Axle No. 2
Total
15. è©Šéšæã®è»äž¡è³ªé
ç©èŒ ïŒkgïŒ éç©èŒ ïŒkgïŒ
è»è»žçªå· 1
è»è»žçªå· 2
åèš
16. Result of the tests:
Test Speed (km/h) Measured performance
Measured force applied to control (daN)
16. è©Šéšçµæ
è©Šéšé床 ïŒkm/hïŒ æ§èœæž¬å®å€ æäœè£ 眮ã«å ããåã®æž¬å®å€ ïŒdaNïŒ
16.1.
Type-0 tests:
Engine disconnected
Service braking (laden)
Service braking (unladen)
16.1.
ã¿ã€ã-0 è©Šéš
ãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã
äž»å¶åïŒç©èŒïŒ
äž»å¶åïŒéç©èŒïŒ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Secondary braking (laden)
Secondary braking (unladen)
è£å©å¶åïŒç©èŒïŒ
è£å©å¶åïŒéç©èŒïŒ
16.2.
Type-0 tests:
Engine connected
Service braking (laden)
Service braking (unladen)
(In accordance with paragraph 2.1.1.B of Annex 3)
16.2.
ã¿ã€ã-0 è©Šéš
ãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããæ¥ç¶
äž»å¶åïŒç©èŒïŒ
äž»å¶åïŒéç©èŒïŒ
ïŒéå 3 ã® 2.1.1.B é ã«æºæ ïŒ
16.3.
Type-I tests:
Preliminary snubs (to determine pedal force)
Hot performance (1st stop)
Hot performance (2nd stop)
Recovery performance
16.3.
ã¿ã€ã-I è©Šéš
äºåå¶åïŒããã«èžåã®æ±ºå®ïŒ
é«æž©æ§èœïŒåæ¢1åç®ïŒ
é«æž©æ§èœïŒåæ¢2åç®ïŒ
ãªã«ããªæ§èœ
16.4.
Dynamic parking brake performance
16.4.
ååŠçé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®æ§èœ
17. Result of the Annex 5 performance tests 17. éå5æ§èœè©Šéšã®çµæ
18.
Vehicle is / is not2 equipped to tow a trailer with electrical braking systems. 2 Strike out what does not apply.
18.
è»äž¡ã¯é»æ°å¶åè£ çœ®ãåãã被çœåŒè»çšã®çœåŒè£ 眮ãè£ åããåã¯è£ åããª
ã2ã 2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
19.
Vehicle is / is not2equipped with an anti-lock system. 2 Strike out what does not apply.
19.
è»äž¡ã¯ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããåã¯è£ åããªã2ã 2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
19.1.
The vehicle fulfils the requirement of Annex 6: Yes / No2
19.1.
è»äž¡ã¯éå6ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããã¯ãïŒããã2
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 2 Strike out what does not apply. 2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
19.2.
Category of anti-lock system: category 1 / 2 / 32 2 Strike out what does not apply.
19.2.
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã®åºåãåºå1ïŒ2ïŒ3 2 2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
20.
Adequate documentation according to Annex 8 was supplied in respect of the
following system(s): ..................................Yes / No / Not applicable2 2 Strike out what does not apply.
20.
以äžã®è£ 眮ã«é¢ããŠéå8ã«åºã¥ãé©åãªæžé¡ãæåºãããŠã
ãã.......................................ã¯ãïŒãããïŒè©²åœããªã2 2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
21. Vehicle submitted for approval on 21. èªå¯çšè»äž¡ã®ç³è«æ¥
22. Technical Service responsible for conducting approval 22. èªå¯ãå®æœããæè¡æ©é¢
23. Date of report issued by that Service 23. è©Šéšæ瞟æžçºå¹æ¥
24. Number of report issued by that Service 24. è©Šéšæ瞟æžçªå·
25.
Approval granted / refused / extended / withdrawn2 2 Strike out what does not apply.
25.
èªå¯ã®ä»äžïŒæåŠïŒæ¡å€§ïŒåæ¶ 2 2 該åœããªããã®ãæ¹æ¶ããã
26. Position of approval mark on the vehicle 26. è»äž¡äžã®èªå¯ããŒã¯ã®äœçœ®
27. Place 27. å Žæ
28. Date 28. æ¥ä»
29. Signature 29. 眲å
30.
The summary referred to in paragraph 4.3. of this Regulation is annexed to this
communication
30.
æ¬èŠåã® 4.3 é ã«èšããèŠæšããæ¬éç¥æžã«æ·»ä»ããã
Annex 1 - Appendix
List of vehicle data for the purpose of regulation No. 90 approvals
éå1âä»é²
æ¬åå®èŠå第 90 å·èªå¯ã«ãããè»äž¡ç¹æ§äžèŠ§è¡š
1. Description of the vehicle type 1. è»äž¡ååŒã®èª¬æ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 1.1. Trade name or mark of the vehicle, if available 1.1. è»äž¡ã®åå·åã¯åæšïŒå ¥æå¯èœãªå ŽåïŒ
1.2. Vehicle category 1.2. è»äž¡åºå
1.3. Vehicle type according to Regulation No. 13-H approval 1.3. æ¬åå®èŠå第 13-H å·èªå¯ã«åºã¥ãè»äž¡ååŒ
1.4. Models or trade names of vehicles constituting the vehicle type, if available 1.4. åœè©²è»äž¡ååŒãæ§æããè»äž¡ã®æ§åŒåã¯åå·ïŒå ¥æå¯èœãªå ŽåïŒ
1.5. Manufacturer's name and address 1.5. ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã®å称åã³æåšå°
2. Make and type of brake linings, discs and drums: 2. ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ããã£ã¹ã¯åã³ãã©ã ã®æ©çš®äžŠã³ã«ååŒ
2.1. Brake linings 2.1. ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°
2.1.1. Brake linings tested to all relevant prescriptions of Annex 3 2.1.1. éå 3 ã®è©²åœãããã¹ãŠã®èŠå®ã«åºã¥ããŠè©Šéšãè¡ã£ããã¬ãŒãã©ã€
ãã³ã°
2.1.2. Alternative brake linings tested in Annex 7 2.1.2. éå 7 ã§è©Šéšãè¡ã£ã代æ¿ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°
2.2. Brake disc and drums 2.2. ãã¬ãŒããã£ã¹ã¯åã³ãã©ã
2.2.1. Identification code of brake discs covered by the braking system approval 2.2.1. åœè©²å¶åè£ çœ®èªå¯ã®å¯Ÿè±¡ã§ãããã¬ãŒããã£ã¹ã¯ã®èå¥ã³ãŒã
2.2.2. Identification code of brake drums covered by the braking system approval 2.2.2. åœè©²å¶åè£ çœ®èªå¯ã®å¯Ÿè±¡ã§ãããã¬ãŒããã©ã ã®èå¥ã³ãŒã
3. Minimum mass of vehicle 3. è»äž¡ã®æå°è³ªé
3.1. Distribution of mass of each axle (maximum value) 3.1. åè»è»žã®è³ªéé åïŒæ倧å€ïŒ
4. Maximum mass of vehicle 4. è»äž¡ã®æ倧質é
4.1. Distribution of mass of each axle (maximum value) 4.1. åè»è»žã®è³ªéé åïŒæ倧å€ïŒ
5. Maximum vehicle speed 5. è»äž¡ã®æé«é床
6. Tyre and wheel dimensions 6. ã¿ã€ã€åã³è»èŒªã®å¯žæ³
7. Brake circuit configuration
(e.g. front/rear or diagonal split)
7. ãã¬ãŒãåè·¯ã®é 眮
ïŒäŸãã°ãåéšã«åå²ãåŸéšã«åå²åã¯å¯Ÿè§ç·äžã«åå²ïŒ
8. Declaration of which is the secondary braking system 8. è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ç³å
9. Specifications of brake valves (if applicable) 9. ãã¬ãŒããã«ãã®ä»æ§ïŒè©²åœããå ŽåïŒ
9.1. Adjustment specifications of the load sensing valve 9.10. ããŒãã»ã³ã·ã³ã°ãã«ãã®èª¿ç¯ä»æ§
9.2. Setting of pressure valve 9.2. ãã¬ãã·ã£ãŒãã«ãã®èšå®
10. Designed brake force distribution 10. èšèšå¶ååé å
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 11. Specification of brake 11. å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ä»æ§
11.1. Disc brake type
(e.g. number of pistons with diameter(s), ventilated or solid disc)
11.1. ãã£ã¹ã¯ãã¬ãŒãã®ååŒ
ïŒäŸïŒãã¹ãã³ã®æ°åã³çŽåŸããã³ãã¬ãŒããããã£ã¹ã¯åã¯ãœãªãããã£
ã¹ã¯ïŒ
11.2. Drum brake type
(e.g. duo servo, with piston size and drum dimensions)
11.2. ãã©ã ãã¬ãŒãã®ååŒ
ïŒäŸïŒãã¥ãªãµãŒãããã¹ãã³ã®ãµã€ãºåã³ãã©ã ã®å¯žæ³ïŒ
11.3.
In case of compressed air brake systems, e.g. type and size of chambers, levers, etc.
11.3.
å§çž®ç©ºæ°åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ã®å ŽåãäŸãã°ããã£ã³ããã¬ããŒãªã©ã®ååŒåã³å¯žæ³
12. Master cylinder type and size 12. ãã¹ã¿ãŒã·ãªã³ãã®ååŒåã³å¯žæ³
13. Booster type and size 13. ååè£ çœ®ã®ååŒåã³å¯žæ³
Annex 2
Arrangements of approval marks
éå2
èªå¯ããŒã¯ã®é 眮
Model A
(See paragraph 4.4. of this Regulation)
The above approval mark affixed to a vehicle shows that the vehicle type concerned
has, with regard to braking, been approved in the United Kingdom (E 11) pursuant to
Regulation No. 13-H under approval number 012439. The first two digits of the
approval number indicate that the approval was granted in accordance with the
requirements of the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No. 13-H.
æ§åŒA
ïŒæ¬èŠåã®4.4é åç §ïŒ
è»äž¡ã«è²Œä»ããäžèšã®èªå¯ããŒã¯ã¯ãèŠåNo. 13-Hã«ãããå¶åã«é¢ããŠåœ
該è»äž¡ååŒãè±åœïŒE 11ïŒã§èªå¯ããããã®èªå¯çªå·ã012439ã§ããããšã
瀺ããèªå¯çªå·ã®æåã®2æ¡ã¯ãåœè©²èªå¯ãèŠåNo. 13-Hã®01æ¹èšã·ãªãŒãºã®
èŠä»¶ã«åŸã£ãŠä»äžãããããšã瀺ãã
Model B
(See paragraph 4.5. of this Regulation)
æ§åŒB
ïŒæ¬èŠåã®4.5é åç §ïŒ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09)
The above approval mark affixed to a vehicle shows that the vehicle type concerned
has been approved in the United Kingdom (E11) pursuant to Regulations Nos. 13-H
and 241. (In the case of the latter Regulation the corrected absorption coefficient is
1.30 m-1). The approval numbers indicate that, at the dates when the respective
approvals were given, Regulation No. 13-H was in its original form and Regulation
No. 24 included the 02 series of amendments. 1 This number is given merely as an example.
è»äž¡ã«è²Œä»ãããäžèšèªå¯ããŒã¯ã¯ãåœè©²è»äž¡ååŒããè±åœïŒE11ïŒã§ãæ¬
åå®èŠå第13-Hå·åã³ç¬¬24å·1ã«åºã¥ãèªå¯ãããããšã瀺ããïŒåŸè ã®èŠå
ã®å Žåãè£æ£åžåä¿æ°ã¯1.30 m-1ã§ãããïŒãããèªå¯çªå·ã¯ãåèªå¯ãä»
äžãããæ¥ã«ãããŠãæ¬åå®èŠå第13-Hå·ãåçã§ãæ¬åå®èŠå第24å·ã第
2æ¹èšçãå«ãããšã瀺ãã
1 æ¬çªå·ã¯åã«äŸãšããŠç€ºãã
Annex 3
Braking tests and performance of braking systems
éå3
å¶åè©Šéšåã³å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ§èœ
1. Braking tests 1. å¶åè©Šéš
1.1.
General
1.1.
äžè¬èŠä»¶
1.1.1.
The performance prescribed for braking systems is based on the stopping distance and
the mean fully developed deceleration. The performance of a braking system shall be
determined by measuring the stopping distance in relation to the initial speed of the
vehicle and/or by measuring the mean fully developed deceleration during the test.
1.1.1.
å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ã€ããŠèŠå®ããæ¬æ§èœã¯ãåæ¢è·é¢åã³å¹³å飜åæžé床ãåºæ¬ãš
ãããå¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ§èœã¯ãè»äž¡ã®åé床ã«å¯Ÿããåæ¢è·é¢åã³/åã¯è©Šéšäžã®
å¹³å飜åæžé床ã枬å®ããŠæ±ºå®ãããã®ãšããã
1.1.2.
The stopping distance shall be the distance covered by the vehicle from the moment
when the driver begins to actuate the control of the braking system until the moment
when the vehicle stops; the initial speed shall be the speed at the moment when the
1.1.2.
åæ¢è·é¢ã¯ãé転è ãå¶åè£ çœ®ãæäœããæãããè»äž¡ãåæ¢ããæãŸã§ã«
è»äž¡ãèµ°è¡ããè·é¢ãšãããåé床ã¯ãé転è ãå¶åè£ çœ®ãæäœéå§ããæ
ã®é床ãããã該åœããè©Šéšã«ãããŠèŠå®ãããé床ã®98%以äžãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) driver begins to actuate the control of the braking system; the initial speed shall not be
less than 98 per cent of the prescribed speed for the test in question.
The mean fully developed deceleration (dm) shall be calculated as the deceleration
averaged with respect to distance over the interval vb to ve , according to the following
formula:
å¹³å飜åæžé床ïŒdmïŒã¯ãvbããveéã«èµ°è¡ããåºéã«ãããå¹³åæžé床ã§
ããã次ã®èšç®åŒã«ããã
where:
vo = initial vehicle speed in km/h,
vb = vehicle speed at 0.8 vo in km/h,
ve = vehicle speed at 0.1 vo in km/h,
sb = distance travelled between vo and vb in metres,
se = distance travelled between vo and ve in metres.
The speed and distance shall be determined using instrumentation having an accuracy
of +/-1 per cent at the prescribed speed for the test. The dm may be determined by
other methods than the measurement of speed and distance; in this case, the accuracy
of the dm shall be within +/-3 per cent.
ããã§ã
voïŒè»äž¡ã®åé床ïŒåäœ km/hïŒã
vbïŒé床0.8 voïŒåäœ km/hïŒã
veïŒé床0.1 voïŒåäœ km/hïŒã
sbïŒvoããvbéã®èµ°è¡è·é¢ïŒåäœ mïŒã
seïŒvoããveéã®èµ°è¡è·é¢ïŒåäœ mïŒã
é床åã³è·é¢ã¯ãèŠå®ãããè©Šéšé床ã«ããã粟床ãã±1%ã®èšæž¬åšãçšã
ãŠæž¬å®ãããã®ãšãããdmã¯ãé床åã³è·é¢ã®æž¬å®ä»¥å€ã®æ¹æ³ã§æž¬å®ããŠã
ããããã®å Žåãdmã®ç²ŸåºŠã¯Â±3%以å ãšããã
1.2.
For the approval of any vehicle, the braking performance shall be measured during
road tests conducted in the following conditions:
1.2.
è»äž¡ã®èªå¯ã®ããã«ãå¶åæ§èœã¯ãäžèšã®æ¡ä»¶ã§å®æœããèµ°è¡è©Šéšã§æž¬å®ã
ããã®ãšããã
1.2.1.
The vehicle's condition as regards mass must be as prescribed for each type of test and
be specified in the test report;
1.2.1.
è©Šéšè»äž¡ã®è³ªéã¯ãåçš®ã®è©Šéšããšã«èŠå®ããããã®ãšããè©Šéšæ瞟æžã«èš
èŒããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.2.2.
The test must be carried out at the speeds prescribed for each type of test; if the
1.2.2.
è©Šéšã¯ãåçš®ã®è©Šéšããšã«èŠå®ãããé床ã§å®æœããªããã°ãªããªããè©Šéš
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) maximum design speed of a vehicle is lower than the speed prescribed for a test, the
test shall be performed at the vehicle's maximum speed;
è»äž¡ã®æé«é床ãèŠå®ãããè©Šéšé床ããäœãå Žåã¯ãè©Šéšã¯ãåœè©²è»äž¡ã®
æé«é床ã§å®æœãããã®ãšããã
1.2.3.
During the tests, the force applied to the brake control in order to obtain the prescribed
performance must not exceed the maximum force laid down;
1.2.3.
è©Šéšäžã«ãèŠå®æ§èœãåŸãããã«å¶åæäœè£ 眮ã«å ããåã¯ãèŠå®ã®æ倧æ
äœåãè¶ ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
1.2.4.
The road must have a surface affording good adhesion, unless specified otherwise in
the relevant annexes;
1.2.4.
è·¯é¢ã¯ãé¢é£ããéåã§å¥ã«å®ããªãéããååãªç²çåãæããªããã°ãª
ããªãã
1.2.5.
The tests must be performed when there is no wind liable to affect the results;
1.2.5.
è©Šéšã¯ã枬å®ã«åœ±é¿ããããªé¢šãç¡ããšãã«å®æœããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.2.6.
At the start of the tests, the tyres must be cold and at the pressure prescribed for the
load actually borne by the wheels when the vehicle is stationary;
1.2.6.
è©Šéšéå§æã«ãã¿ã€ã€ã¯äœæž©ç¶æ ã«ãã£ãŠãè©Šéšè»äž¡ãéæ¢ããŠããéã«è»
茪ãæ¯ããå®è·éã«å¯ŸããŠèŠå®ã®ç©ºæ°å§ã§ãªããã°ãªããªãã
1.2.7.
The prescribed performance must be obtained without locking of the wheels at speeds
exceeding 15 km/h, without deviation of the vehicle from a 3.5 m wide lane, without
exceeding a yaw angle of 15 degrees and without abnormal vibrations;
1.2.7.
èŠå®æ§èœã¯ãè©Šéšè»äž¡ã®é床ã 15 km/h ãè¶ ããŠããå Žåãè»èŒªãããã¯ã
ãããšãªããå¹ 3.5 m ã®è»ç·ããéžè±ããããšãªãããšãŒè§ã 15°ãè¶ ããã
ãšãªãããã€ãç°åžžãªæ¯åãçããªããã®ã§ãªããã°ãªããªãã
1.2.8.
For vehicles powered completely or partially by an electric motor (or motors),
permanently connected to the wheels, all tests must be carried out with these motor(s)
connected;
1.2.8.
è»èŒªã«åžžææ¥ç¶ãããé»åæ©ïŒè€æ°ã®å Žåãå«ãïŒã«ãããå¿ èŠãªååã®äž
éšåã¯å šéšãåŸãè»äž¡ã®å Žåããã¹ãŠã®è©Šéšã¯é»åæ©ãæ¥ç¶ãããŸãŸã§è¡ã
ãªããã°ãªããªãã
1.2.9.
For vehicles as described in paragraph 1.2.8. above, fitted with an electric
regenerative braking system of category A, behaviour tests shall be carried out on a
track with a low adhesion coefficient (as defined in paragraph 5.2.2. of Annex 6) at a
speed equal to 80 per cent of the maximum speed but not exceeding 120 km/h, to
1.2.9.
äžèšã®1.2.8é ã«èšèŒããAåºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã«ã€ã
ãŠã¯ãå®å®æ§ãä¿æãããŠããããšã確èªããããã«ãæåè©Šéšãæé«é床
ã®80ïŒ ãšçããããã€ã120 km/hãè¶ ããªãé床ã«ãããŠãäœÎŒè·¯é¢ã®è»ç·
ïŒéå6ã®5.2.2é ã«å®çŸ©ããïŒäžã§å®æœãããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) check that stability is retained.
1.2.9.1.
Moreover, for vehicles fitted with an electric regenerative braking system of category
A, transient conditions as gear changes or accelerator control release must not affect
the behaviour of the vehicle in condition described in paragraph 1.2.9.;
1.2.9.1.
ããã«ãAåºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåã«ã¯ãå€éæäœ
åã¯ã¢ã¯ã»ã«æäœè£ 眮ã®è§£é€ã®ãããªãäžæçãªæäœã1.2.9é ã«èšããæ¡ä»¶
äžã®è»äž¡ã®æåã«åœ±é¿ãäžããŠã¯ãªããªãã
1.2.10.
In the tests provided in paragraphs 1.2.9. and 1.2.9.1. wheel locking is not allowed.
However, steering correction is permitted if the angular rotation of the steering control
is within 120 degrees during the initial 2 seconds and not more than 240 degrees in
all;
1.2.10.
1.2.9é åã³1.2.9.1é ã«èŠå®ããè©Šéšã«ãããŠãè»èŒªãããã¯ãããªãããã«
ããããã ããããåãã³ãã«ã®å転è§åºŠãæåã®2ç§éã§120°以å ã§ããã
ãã€ãå šäœã§240°以äžã§ããã°ãèµ°è¡ä¿®æ£ãè¡ã£ãŠãããã
1.2.11.
For a vehicle with electrically actuated service brakes powered from traction batteries
(or an auxiliary battery) which receive(s) energy only from an independent external
charging system, these batteries shall, during braking performance testing, be at an
average of not more than 5 per cent above that state of charge at which the brake
failure warning prescribed in paragraph 5.2.20.5. is required to be given.
If this warning is given, the batteries may receive some recharge during the tests, to
keep them in the required state of charge range.
1.2.11.
ç¬ç«ããå€éšå é»æ©æ§ããã®ã¿ããšãã«ã®ãŒãåŸãé§åçšããããªãŒïŒåã¯
è£å©ããããªãŒïŒã«ããååãåŸãé»æ°åŒäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåã
ãããããããªãŒã¯ãå¶åæ§èœè©Šéšäžã5.2.20.5é ã«èŠå®ãããå¶åè£ çœ®æ é
èŠå ±è£ 眮ãäœåããããã«èŠæ±ãããå é»ç¶æ ã®5ïŒ å¢ã®å€ãå¹³åã§äžåã
ãªããã®ãšããã
äžèšã®èŠå ±è£ 眮ã衚瀺ãããå Žåãå¿ èŠãªå é»ç¶æ ãšããããã«ãããããª
ãŒãå é»ããŠãããã
1.3.
Behaviour of the vehicle during braking
1.3.
å¶åäžã®è»äž¡æå
1.3.1.
In braking tests, and in particular in those at high speed, the general behaviour of the
vehicle during braking must be checked.
1.3.1.
å¶åè©Šéšãç¹ã«é«éå¶åè©Šéšã«ãããŠãå¶åäžã®è»äž¡ã®å šè¬æåã確èªããª
ããã°ãªããªãã
1.3.2.
Behaviour of the vehicle during braking on a road on which adhesion is reduced must
1.3.2.
ç²çåãäœäžããéè·¯äžã§ã®å¶åããæã®è»äž¡ã®æåã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå 5 å
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) meet the relevant requirements of Annex 5 and/or Annex 6 to this Regulation. ã³/åã¯éå 6 ã®è©²åœããèŠä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.3.2.1.
In the case of a braking system according to paragraph 5.2.7. where the braking for a
particular axle (or axles) is comprised of more than one source of braking torque, and
any individual source can be varied with respect to the other(s), the vehicle shall
satisfy the requirements of Annex 5, or alternatively, Annex 6 under all relationships
permitted by its control strategy1.
1 The manufacturer shall provide the Technical Service with the family of braking
curves permitted by the automatic control strategy. These curves may be verified by
the Technical Service.
1.3.2.1.
5.2.7é ã«åºã¥ãå¶åè£ çœ®ã®å Žåãç¹å®ã®è»è»žïŒè€æ°ã®å Žåãå«ãïŒã®å¶åãã
2ã€ä»¥äžã®å¶åãã«ã¯çºçè£ çœ®ã«ãã£ãŠæ§æãããåã ã®çºçè£ çœ®ãä»ã®çºç
è£ çœ®ã«é¢é£ããŠå€åãããã®ã§ããå Žåãè»äž¡ã¯ãå¶åŸ¡æé ã«ããèªããã
ãŠããããããé¢ä¿ã«ãããŠãéå5åã¯ä»£æ¿ãšããŠãéå6ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãã
ãã®ãšãã1ã
1 ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ãèªåå¶åŸ¡æé ã«ãã蚱容ãããå¶åæ²ç·å³é¡ãæè¡æ©é¢ã«æ
åºãããã®ãšãããæè¡æ©é¢ã¯ããããæ²ç·ãæ€èšŒããããšãã§ããã
1.4.
Type-0 test (ordinary performance test with cold brakes)
1.4.
ã¿ã€ã-0 è©ŠéšïŒå·éæã®éåžžæ§èœè©ŠéšïŒ
1.4.1.
General
1.4.1.
äžè¬èŠä»¶
1.4.1.1.
The average temperature of the service brakes on the hottest axle of the vehicle,
measured inside the brake linings or on the braking path of the disc or drum, is
between 65 and 100 degrees C prior to any brake application.
1.4.1.1.
è»è»žããšã®äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å¹³å枩床ã®ãã¡æãé«ããã®ã¯ããã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³
ã°ã®å åŽåã¯ãã£ã¹ã¯è¥ããã¯ãã©ã ã®æ©æŠé¢äžã§æž¬å®ããå Žåã«ãå¶åæ
äœåã«ãã㊠65âä»¥äž 100â以äžã§ããã
1.4.1.2.
The test must be conducted in the following conditions:
1.4.1.2.
è©Šéšã¯ã次ã®æ¡ä»¶ã§å®æœããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.4.1.2.1.
The vehicle must be laden, the distribution of its mass among the axles being that
stated by the manufacturer; where provision is made for several arrangements of the
load on the axles the distribution of the maximum mass among the axles must be such
that the mass on each axle is proportional to the maximum permissible mass for each
1.4.1.2.1.
è©Šéšè»äž¡ã¯ç©èŒç¶æ ãšãããã®è»è»žéã®è³ªéé åã¯ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ããéã
ã§ãªããã°ãªããªããè»è»žã®è² è·ãè€æ°èŠå®ãããŠããå Žåã¯ãæ倧質éã®
è»è»žéé åã¯ãåè»è»žã®æ倧蚱容質éã«æ¯äŸããŠããªããã°ãªããªãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) axle;
1.4.1.2.2.
Every test must be repeated on the unladen vehicle; there may be, in addition to the
driver, a second person on the front seat who is responsible for noting the results of
the test;
1.4.1.2.2.
ãã¹ãŠã®è©Šéšãéç©èŒç¶æ ã§ç¹°ãè¿ããªããã°ãªããªããååžã«ã¯ãé転è
ã®ä»ãè©Šéšçµæãèšé²ããè ãä¹è»ããããšãã§ããã
1.4.1.2.3.
In the case of a vehicle equipped with an electric regenerative braking system, the
requirements depend on the category of this system:
Category A. Any separate electric regenerative braking control which is provided,
shall not be used during the Type-0 tests.
Category B. The contribution of the electric regenerative braking system to the
braking force generated shall not exceed that minimum level guaranteed by the system
design.
This condition is deemed to be satisfied if the state of charge of the batteries is in one
of the following conditions:
(a) At the maximum charge level recommended by the manufacturer, as listed in the
vehicle specification,
(b) At a level not less than 95 per cent of the full charge level, where the manufacturer
has made no specific recommendation,
(c) At a maximum level resulting from automatic charge control on the vehicle; or
(d) When the tests are conducted without a regenerative braking component regardless
of the state of charge of the batteries.
1.4.1.2.3.
é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å ŽåãèŠä»¶ã¯åœè©²è£ 眮ã®çš®å¥ã«ããã
Aåºå è£ åãããåã ã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãããããã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšäž
ã«äœ¿çšããªããã®ãšããã
Båºå é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã®çºçããå¶ååãžã®å¯äžã¯ãè£ çœ®ã®èšèšã«ã
ãä¿èšŒãããæäœéã®ã¬ãã«ãè¶ ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
ãã®æ¡ä»¶ã¯ãããããªãŒã®å é»ç¶æ ã以äžã®æ¡ä»¶ã®ããããã«è©²åœããã°æº
ãããããã®ãšã¿ãªãã
(a) è»äž¡ã®ä»æ§æžã§èŠå®ãããŠããéããã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæšå¥šããæ倧å é»ç¶æ
ã«ãããšãã
(b) ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãå ·äœçãªæšå¥šãããŠããªããšãã¯ãå®å šå é»ç¶æ ã®95ïŒ ä»¥äž
ã§ãããšãã
(c) è»äž¡ã®èªåå é»å¶åŸ¡ã®çµæãæ倧å é»ç¶æ ã«ãããšãããŸãã¯
(d) åçå¶åæ§æéšåã䜿çšããã«ãã¹ããå®æœãããšãã¯ãããããªãŒã®
å é»ç¶æ ãåããªãã
1.4.1.2.4.
The limits prescribed for minimum performance, both for tests with the vehicle
unladen and for tests with the vehicle laden, shall be those laid down hereunder; the
1.4.1.2.4.
æå°æ§èœå€ãšããŠã®éçå€ã¯ãéç©èŒç¶æ åã³ç©èŒç¶æ ã®ãããã®è©Šéšã«ã
ããŠããäžèšã«èŠå®ããéããšãããè©Šéšè»äž¡ã¯ãäžå®ã®åæ¢è·é¢åã³äžå®
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) vehicle must satisfy both the prescribed stopping distance and the prescribed mean
fully developed deceleration, but it may not be necessary to actually measure both
parameters;
ã®å¹³å飜åæžé床ã®äž¡æ¹ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãããå®éã«äž¡æ¹ã®å€ã枬
å®ããå¿ èŠã¯ãªãã
1.4.1.2.5.
The road must be level; unless otherwise specified each test may comprise up to six
stops including any needed for familiarization.
1.4.1.2.5.
è©Šéšè·¯é¢ã¯æ°Žå¹³ã§ãªããã°ãªããªããå¥éå®ãããªãéããåè©Šéšã¯ãç¿ç
ã«å¿ èŠãªåæ¢ãå«ã 6 åãŸã§è¡ãããšãã§ããã
1.4.2.
Type-0 test with engine disconnected, service braking in accordance with paragraph
2.1.1.(A) of this annex.
The test must be carried out at the speed prescribed, the figures prescribed in this
connection being subject to a certain margin of tolerance. The minimum performance
prescribed must be attained.
1.4.2.
æ¬éåã®2.1.1(A)é ã«åºã¥ãããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãŠè¡ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ã¿
ã€ã-0è©Šéšè©Šéš
è©Šéšã¯ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãç¶æ ã§ãå®ããããå ¬å·®ã«ãããŠèŠå®ã®
é床ããå®æœããæå°æ§èœå€ã«é©åãããã®ãšããã
1.4.3.
Type-0 test with engine connected, service braking in accordance with paragraph
2.1.1.(B) of this annex.
1.4.3.
æ¬éåã®2.1.1(B)é ã«åºã¥ãããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããæ¥ç¶ããŠè¡ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®
ã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéš
1.4.3.1.
The test shall be carried out with the engine connected, from the speed prescribed in
paragraph 2.1.1.(B) of this annex. The minimum performance prescribed shall be
attained. This test is not run if the maximum speed of the vehicle is < 125 km/h.
1.4.3.1.
è©Šéšã¯ãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããæ¥ç¶ãããŸãŸã§ãæ¬éåã®2.1.1(B)é ã«èŠå®ããé
床ããå®æœããæå°æ§èœå€ã«é©åãããã®ãšãããæ¬è©Šéšã¯ãè©Šéšè»äž¡ã®æ
é«é床ã125km/h以äžã®å Žåã¯å®æœããªãã
1.4.3.2.
The maximum practical performance figures shall be measured, and the behaviour of
the vehicle shall be in accordance with paragraph 1.3.2. of this annex. However, if the
maximum speed of the vehicle is greater than 200 km/h, the test speed shall be 160
km/h.
1.4.3.2.
å®éã®æ倧æ§èœå€ã枬å®ããè»äž¡ã®æåã¯æ¬éåã® 1.3.2 é ã®éãã«ãªããã®
ãšããããã ããè»äž¡ã®æé«é床ã 200 km/h ãè¶ ããå Žåã¯ã160 km/h ã§è©Š
éšãè¡ããã®ãšããã
1.5.
Type-I test (fade and recovery test)
1.5.
ã¿ã€ã-I è©ŠéšïŒãã§ãŒãè©Šéšåã³ãªã«ããªè©ŠéšïŒ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 1.5.1.
Heating procedure
1.5.1.
å ç±æé
1.5.1.1.
The service brakes of all vehicles must be tested by successively applying and
releasing the brakes a number of times, the vehicle being laden, in the conditions
shown in the table below:
1.5.1.1.
è©Šéšè»äž¡ãã¹ãŠã®äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãè»äž¡ãç©èŒç¶æ ã«ããäžè¡šã«ç€ºãæ¡ä»¶ã§ã
å¶åã®äœååã³è§£é€ãç¹°ãè¿ãããšã«ãããè©Šéšãè¡ããã®ãšããã
Conditions
v1
(km/h)
v2
(km/h)
delta t
(sec) n
80% vmax
â€120 0.5 v1 45 15
æ¡ä»¶
v1
ïŒkm/hïŒ
v2
ïŒkm/hïŒ
Ît
ïŒç§ïŒ n
80% vmax
âŠ120 0.5 v1 45 15
where:
v1 = initial speed, at beginning of braking
v2 = speed at end of braking
vmax = maximum speed of the vehicle
n = number of brake applications
delta t = duration of a braking cycle: time elapsing between the initiation of one brake
application and the initiation of the next.
ããã§ã
v1ïŒå¶ååé床
v2ïŒå¶åçµé床
vmaxïŒè»äž¡ã®æé«é床
nïŒå¶åæäœåæ°
ÎtïŒå¶åãµã€ã¯ã«æéééïŒ1åã®å¶åæäœã®éå§ãããã®æ¬¡ã®å¶åæäœã®é
å§ãŸã§ã®æéééã
1.5.1.2.
If the characteristics of the vehicle make it impossible to abide by the duration
prescribed for delta t, the duration may be increased; in any event, in addition to the
time necessary for braking and accelerating the vehicle, a period of 10 seconds must
be allowed in each cycle for stabilizing the speed v1.
1.5.1.2.
è©Šéšè»äž¡ã®æ§èœã«ããÎtã«å¯ŸããŠèŠå®ãããæéééãç¹°ãè¿ãããšãã§ã
ãªãå Žåã¯ãæéééã延é·ããããšãã§ããããã®å Žåãåœè©²è»äž¡ãå¶å
ããå éããã®ã«å¿ èŠãªæéã«ãv1ã§å®å®èµ°è¡ãããããã«å¿ èŠãª10ç§éã
å ããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.5.1.3.
In these tests, the force applied to the control must be so adjusted as to attain a mean
1.5.1.3.
ãããã®è©Šéšã«ãããŠãæäœè£ 眮ã«å ããåã¯ãå¶åæäœã®éã®å¹³åæžé床
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) deceleration of 3 m/s2 during every brake application; two preliminary tests may be
carried out to determine the appropriate control force.
ã3 m/s2ãšãªãããã«èª¿ç¯ããªããã°ãªããªããé©åãªæäœåãåŸãããã«ã
2åã®äºåè©Šéšãå®æœããããšãã§ããã
1.5.1.4.
During brake applications, the highest gear ratio (excluding overdrive, etc.) must be
continuously engaged.
1.5.1.4.
å¶åäžã¯ãæé«æ®µã®å€éäœçœ®ïŒãªãŒããŒãã©ã€ãçãé€ãïŒãç¶ç¶çã«äœ¿çš
ããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.5.1.5.
For regaining speed after braking, the gearbox must be used in such a way as to attain
the speed v1 in the shortest possible time (maximum acceleration allowed by the
engine and gearbox).
1.5.1.5.
å¶ååŸã«é床ãå埩ãããããå¯èœãªéãæçæéã§ïŒãšã³ãžã³åã³å€é段
ãèš±ãéãã®æ倧å é床ã§ïŒé床 v1 ã«éããããã«å€é段ã䜿çšããªããã°
ãªããªãã
1.5.1.6.
For vehicles not having sufficient autonomy to carry out the cycles of heating of the
brakes, the tests shall be carried out by achieving the prescribed speed before the first
braking application and thereafter by using the maximum acceleration available to
regain speed and then braking successively at the speed reached at the end of each 45
second cycle duration.
1.5.1.6.
å ç±ãµã€ã¯ã«ãå®æœããã®ã«ååãªå éæ§èœãæããªãè»äž¡ã®å Žåã第1åç®
ã®å¶åã®åã«ãèŠå®ã®å¶ååé床ãéæããŠè©Šéšãéå§ããªããã°ãªããªãã
ãã®åŸãè»äž¡ã®æ倧å é床ã§å éããå45ç§ã®ãµã€ã¯ã«ç¶ç¶æéã®çµç¹ã«é
ããé床ã§ãé£ç¶çãªå¶åããããããšã«ããè©Šéšãè¡ããã®ãšããã
1.5.1.7.
For vehicles equipped with an electric regenerative braking system of category B, the
condition of the vehicle batteries at the start of the test, shall be such that the braking
force contribution provided by the electric regenerative braking system does not
exceed the minimum guaranteed by the system design. This requirement is deemed to
be satisfied if the batteries are at one of the state of charge conditions as listed in
paragraph 1.4.1.2.3. above.
1.5.1.7.
Båºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåãè©Šéšéå§æã®è»äž¡ãã
ããªãŒã®ç¶æ ã¯ãåœè©²é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã«ããäŸçµŠãããå¶ååããè£ çœ®
ã®èšèšã«ããä¿èšŒãããæäœå€ãè¶ ããªãããã«ããããããèŠä»¶ã¯ããã
ããªãŒãäžèš1.4.1.2.3é ã«èšèŒãããå é»ç¶æ ã®ããããã«ããå Žåã«ã¯ãæº
ãããããã®ãšã¿ãªãã
1.5.2.
Hot performance
1.5.2.
é«æž©æå¶åæ§èœ
1.5.2.1.
At the end of the Type-I test (described in paragraph 1.5.1. of this annex) the hot
1.5.2.1.
ã¿ã€ã-Iè©ŠéšïŒæ¬éåã®1.5.1é ã«èšèŒïŒã®çµäºæç¹ã§ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®é«æž©æ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) performance of the service braking system must be measured in the same conditions
(and in particular at a mean control force no greater than the mean force actually used)
as for the Type-0 test with the engine disconnected (the temperature conditions may
be different).
å¶åè©Šéšãããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãæ¡ä»¶ã®ã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšãšåãæ¡ä»¶ã§ïŒç¹
ã«ãå®éã«çšããããå¹³åæäœåãè¶ ããªãå¹³åæäœåã§ïŒè¡ããªããã°ãª
ããªããïŒæž©åºŠæ¡ä»¶ã¯ç°ãªã£ãŠãããïŒã
1.5.2.2.
This hot performance must not be less than 752 per cent of that prescribed, nor less
than 60 per cent of the figure recorded in the Type-0 test with the engine
disconnected. 2 This corresponds to a stopping distance of 0.1 v + 0.0080 v2 and a mean fully
developed deceleration of 4.82 m/s2.
1.5.2.2.
ãã®é«æž©æå¶åæ§èœã¯ãèŠå®å€ã®752%以äžããã€ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£
ãæ¡ä»¶ã®ã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã§ã®æž¬å®å€ã®60%以äžã§ãªããã°ãªããªãã 2 ããã¯ãåæ¢è·é¢ 0.1 v + 0.0080 v2ãå¹³å飜åæžé床 4.82 m/s2 ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
1.5.2.3.
For vehicles fitted with an electric regenerative braking system of category A, during
brake applications, the highest gear must be continuously engaged and the separate
electric braking control, if any, not used.
1.5.2.3.
A åºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåã«ã¯ãå¶åäœåäžãæé«
å€é段ãç¶ç¶çã«äœ¿çšããå¥ã®é»æ°å¶åè£ çœ®ããã£ãŠã䜿çšããŠã¯ãªããªãã
1.5.2.4.
In the case of vehicles equipped with an electric regenerative braking system of
category B, having carried out the heating cycles according to paragraph 1.5.1.6. of
this annex, the hot performance test shall be carried out at the maximum speed which
can be reached by the vehicle at the end of the brake heating cycles, unless the speed
specified in paragraph 2.1.1.(A) of this annex can be reached.
For comparison, a later Type-0 test with cold brakes shall be repeated from this same
speed and with a similar electric regenerative braking contribution, as set by an
appropriate state of battery charge, as was available during the hot performance test.
Following the recovery process and test, further reconditioning of the linings shall be
permitted before the test is made to compare this second cold performance with that
achieved in the hot test, against the criteria of paragraphs 1.5.2.2. or 1.5.2.5. of this
1.5.2.4.
Båºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããæ¬éåã®1.5.1.6é ã«åºã¥ãå ç±ãµã€ã¯
ã«ãå®æœããè»äž¡ã®å Žåãé«æž©æå¶åè©Šéšã¯ãæ¬éåã®2.1.1(A)é èšèŒã®é床
ã«éããããšãã§ããªãå Žåãå¶åå ç±ãµã€ã¯ã«ã®æåŸã«è»äž¡ãéããããš
ãã§ããæé«é床ã§å®æœãããã®ãšããã
æ¯èŒã®ããã«è¡ããå·éæå¶åè£ çœ®ã«ããã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã¯ãé«æž©æå¶åè©Šéš
ã§åŸãããé©åãªããããªãŒå é»ç¶æ ã«ãããŠåæ§ãªé»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã«
ããå¶ååã®äŸçµŠããã€ãåäžã®é床ã§è¡ããªããã°ãªããªãã
ãªã«ããªããã»ã¹åã³è©Šéšã®åŸãæ¬éåã®1.5.2.2é åã¯1.5.2.5é ã®å€æèŠæºã«
ããããããé«æž©æå¶åè©Šéšã«ãããŠéæãããæ§èœãšæ¯èŒããããã®2åç®
ã®å·éæå¶åè©Šéšãå®æœããåã«ããã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®å調æŽãè¡ã£ãŠã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) annex.
The tests may be conducted without a regenerative braking component. In this case,
the requirement on the state of charge of the batteries is not applicable.
ããã
ãã¹ãã¯åçå¶åæ§æéšåã䜿çšããã«å®æœããŠãããããã®å Žåãããã
ãªãŒã®å é»ç¶æ ã«é¢ããèŠä»¶ã¯é©çšããªãã
1.5.2.5.
In the case of a vehicle which satisfies the 60 per cent requirement specified in
paragraph 1.5.2.2. of this annex, but which cannot comply with the 752 per cent
requirement of paragraph 1.5.2.2. of this annex, a further hot performance test may be
carried out using a control force not exceeding that specified in paragraph 2. of this
annex. The results of both tests shall be entered in the report. 2 This corresponds to a stopping distance of 0.1 v + 0.0080 v2 and a mean fully
developed deceleration of 4.82 m/s2.
1.5.2.5.
æ¬éåã®1.5.2.2é ã«èŠå®ãããèŠä»¶ã®60%ãæºè¶³ããããæ¬éåã®1.5.2.2é ã®
èŠä»¶ã®752%ã«é©åããªãè©Šéšè»äž¡ã®å Žåã¯ãæ¬éåã®2é ã§å®ããæäœåã
è¶ ããªãæäœåãçšããŠããããªãé«æž©æå¶åè©Šéšãå®æœããããšãã§ããã
äž¡è©Šéšã®çµæã«ã€ããŠã¯è©Šéšæ瞟æžã«èšèŒããªããã°ãªããªãã
2 ããã¯åæ¢è·é¢ 0.1 v + 0.0080 v2ãå¹³å飜åæžé床 4.82 m/s2 ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
1.5.3.
Recovery procedure
Immediately after the hot performance test, make four stops from 50 km/h with the
engine connected, at a mean deceleration of 3 m/s2. Allow an interval of 1.5 km
between the start of successive stops. Immediately after each stop, accelerate at
maximum rate to 50 km/h and maintain that speed until making the next stop.
1.5.3.
ãªã«ããªæé
é«æž©æå¶åè©Šéšã®çŽåŸã«ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããæ¥ç¶ããŠ50 km/hã®é床ããã
3 m/s2ã®å¹³åæžé床ã§4åã®åæ¢ãè¡ãã次ã®åæ¢ã®éå§ãŸã§ã®éã«1.5 kmã®
ééããããŠããããååæ¢ã®çŽåŸã«æ倧å é床ã§50 km/hãŸã§å éãã次ã®
åæ¢ããããŸã§ãã®é床ãç¶æããã
1.5.3.1.
Vehicles equipped with an electrical regenerative braking system of category B may
have their batteries re-charged or replaced by a charged set, in order to complete the
recovery procedure.
The procedures may be conducted without a regenerative braking component.
1.5.3.1.
B åºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã¯ããªã«ããªæé ãå®æœããã
ãã«ãããããªãŒãåå é»ãããåã¯å é»ããããããªãŒã«äº€æããããšã
ã§ããã
åœè©²æé ã¯åçå¶åæ§æéšåã䜿çšããã«å®æœããŠãããã
1.5.4.
Recovery performance
At the end of the recovery procedure, the recovery performance of the service braking
system must be measured in the same conditions as for the Type-0 test with the engine
1.5.4.
ãªã«ããªæ§èœ
ãªã«ããªæé ã®çµäºæç¹ã§ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®ãªã«ããªæ§èœãããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ã
ããåã£ãã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã®æ¡ä»¶ãšåãæ¡ä»¶ïŒæž©åºŠæ¡ä»¶ã¯ç°ãªã£ãŠãããïŒã§ã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) disconnected (the temperature conditions may be different), using a mean force on the
control, which is not more than the mean control force used in the corresponding
Type-0 test.
This recovery performance must not be less than 70 per cent, nor more than 150 per
cent, of the figure recorded in the Type-0 test with the engine disconnected.
ã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã®å¹³åæäœåãè¶ ããªãå¹³åæäœåæäœè£ 眮ãæäœããŠæž¬å®ã
ãªããã°ãªããªãã
æ¬ãªã«ããªæ§èœã¯ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãã¿ã€ã-0 è©Šéšã§ã®æž¬å®å€ã®
70%以äžããã€ã150%以äžã§ãªããã°ãªããªãã
1.5.4.1.
For vehicles equipped with an electrical regenerative braking system of category B,
the recovery test shall be made with no regenerative braking component, i.e. under the
conditions of paragraph 1.5.4. above.
After the further reconditioning of the linings, a second repeat Type-0 test shall be
made from the same speed and with no electric regenerative braking contribution as in
the recovery test with the engine/motors disconnected, and comparison shall be made
between these test results.
The recovery performance must not be less than 70 per cent, nor more than 150 per
cent of the figure recorded in this final repeat Type-0 test.
1.5.4.1.
Båºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåããªã«ããªè©Šéšã¯ãïŒäŸ
ãã°ïŒäžèš1.5.4é ã®æ¡ä»¶ã«åºã¥ããŠãåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãçšããã«è¡ããã®ãšã
ãã
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®å調æŽãè¡ã£ãåŸããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ããåã³ã¢ãŒã¿ãŒã
åã£ãç¶æ ã®ãªã«ããªè©Šéšæãšåäžé床åã³é»æ°åŒåçå¶åãçšããã«ã2
åç®ã®ã¿ã€ã-0åè©Šéšãå®æœãããããã®è©Šéšçµæã§æ¯èŒãè¡ããã®ãšããã
ãªã«ããªæ§èœã¯ãæåŸã®ã¿ã€ã-0 åè©Šéšã®æž¬å®å€ã® 70ïŒ ä»¥äžã150ïŒ ä»¥äžã§
ãªããã°ãªããªãã
2. Performance of braking systems 2. å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ§èœ
2.1.
Service braking system
2.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®
2.1.1.
The service brakes shall be tested under the conditions shown in the following table:
2.1.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ã€ããŠã¯ãäžè¡šã«ç€ºãæ¡ä»¶ã§è©Šéšãè¡ããã®ãšããã
(A) Type-0 test with engine disconnected
v 100 km/h
s < 0.1 v+0.0060 v2 (m)
dm> 6.43 m/s2
(B) Type-0 test with engine connected v 80% vmax< 160 km/h
(A) ãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ã
ã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéš
v 100 km/h
s ⊠0.1 v+0.0060 v2 (m)
dm ⧠6.43 m/s2
(B) ãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããæ¥ç¶ã v 80% vmax ⊠160 km/h
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09)
s < 0.1 v+0.0067 v2 (m)
dm> 5.76 m/s2
f 6.5 - 50 daN
ãã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéš s ⊠0.1 v+0.0067 v2 (m)
dm ⧠5.76 m/s2
f 6.5 - 50 daN
where:
v = test speed, in km/h
s = stopping distance, in metres
dm = mean fully developed deceleration, in m/s2
f = force applied to foot control, in daN
vmax = maximum speed of the vehicle, in km/h
ããã§ã
VïŒè©Šéšé床ïŒåäœ km/hïŒ
sïŒåæ¢è·é¢ïŒåäœ mïŒ
dmïŒå¹³å飜åæžé床ïŒåäœ m/s2ïŒ
fïŒããã«æäœåïŒåäœ daNïŒ
vmaxïŒè»äž¡æé«é床ïŒåäœ km/hïŒ
2.1.2.
In the case of a motor vehicle authorized to tow an unbraked trailer, the minimum
Type-0 performance of the combination shall not be less than 5.4 m/s2 in both the
laden and unladen conditions.
The combination performance shall be verified by calculations referring to the
maximum braking performance actually achieved by the motor vehicle alone (laden)
during the Type-0 test with the engine disconnected, using the following formula (no
practical tests with a coupled unbraked trailer are required):
2.1.2.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãåããŠããªã被çœåŒè»ãçœåŒããæ¿èªãåããèªåè»ã®å Žåã«
ã¯ããã®é£çµã®ã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã®æäœæ§èœã¯ãç©èŒç¶æ ã§ãéç©èŒç¶æ ã§ãã
5.4 m/s2ãäžåããªããã®ãšããã
é£çµæã®å¶åæ§èœã¯ãç©èŒç¶æ ã«ãããŠãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãã¿ã€ã-0
è©Šéšããåç¬ã§è¡ã£ãè©Šéšè»äž¡ã®æ倧å¶åæ§èœãããšã«ã次ã®èšç®åŒã«ãã
æ±ãããã®ãšããïŒäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãåããŠããªã被çœåŒè»ãé£çµããå®éã®è©Š
éšã¯å¿ èŠã§ã¯ãªãïŒã
where:
dM+R = calculated mean fully developed deceleration of the motor vehicle when
coupled to an unbraked trailer, in m/s2
dM = maximum mean fully developed deceleration of the motor vehicle alone
achieved during the Type-0 test with engine disconnected, in m/s2
PM = mass of the motor vehicle (laden)
ããã§ã
dM+R =äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãåããŠããªã被çœåŒè»ã«é£çµããèªåè»ã®å¹³å飜åæžé
床ïŒåäœ m/s2ïŒ
dM =ãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšãè¡ã£ãèªåè»åç¬ã®æ倧平å
飜åæžé床ïŒåäœ m/s2ïŒ
PM =ç©èŒç¶æ ã®èªåè»ã®è³ªé
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) PR = maximum mass of an unbraked trailer which may be coupled, as declared by the
motor vehicle manufacturer.
PR =è»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãå®ããé£çµå¯èœãªäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãåããŠããªã被çœåŒè»ã®
æ倧質éã
2.2.
Secondary braking system
2.2.
è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®
2.2.1.
The performance of the secondary braking system shall be tested by the Type-0 test
with the engine disconnected from an initial vehicle speed of 100 km/h and a force
applied to the service brake control not less than 6.5 daN and not exceeding 50 daN.
2.2.1.
è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ§èœã¯ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã§ã100 km/h
ã®åé床ããã6.5 daN以äžãã€50 daN以äžã®åãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠè©Šéšã
è¡ããã®ãšããã
2.2.2.
The secondary braking system must give a stopping distance not exceeding the
following value:
0.1 v + 0.0158 v2 (m)
and a mean fully developed deceleration not less than 2.44 m/s2 (corresponding to the
second term of the above formula).
2.2.2.
è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ãåæ¢è·é¢ãäžèšã®å€ãè¶ ããªããã®ãšããã
0.1 v + 0.0158 v2 (m)
ããã«ã2.44 m/s2 以äžã®å¹³å飜åæžé床ïŒäžè¿°ã®åŒã® 2.ã«äžèŽããïŒãåŸã
ããªããã°ãªããªãã
2.2.3.
The secondary braking effectiveness test shall be conducted by simulating the actual
failure conditions in the service braking system.
2.2.3.
è£å©å¶åå¹åè©Šéšã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«å®éã®æ éãçããæ¡ä»¶ãæ³å®ããŠå®æœ
ãããã®ãšããã
2.2.4.
For vehicles employing electric regenerative braking systems, the braking
performance shall additionally be checked under the two following failure conditions:
2.2.4.
é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãåããè»äž¡ã®å Žåã¯ã以äžã® 2 ã€ã®æ éã«å¯Ÿããå¶å
æ§èœãè¿œå 確èªããã
2.2.4.1.
For a total failure of the electric component of the service braking output.
2.2.4.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å¶ååã®é»æ°éšåã®å®å šæ éã
2.2.4.2.
In the case where the failure condition causes the electric component to deliver its
maximum braking force.
2.2.4.2.
æ éã«ãã£ãŠé»æ°éšåãæ倧å¶ååãçºçããå Žåã
2.3. 2.3.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Parking braking system é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®
2.3.1.
The parking braking system must be capable of holding the laden vehicle stationary
on a 20 per cent up or down gradient.
2.3.1.
é§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ã20%ã®åè·¯äžã«ãããŠãç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ãåæ¢ç¶æ ã«ç¶æ
ã§ããªããã°ãªããªãã
2.3.2.
On vehicles to which the coupling of a trailer is authorized, the parking braking
system of the motor vehicle must be capable of holding the combination of vehicles
stationary on a 12 per cent up or down gradient.
2.3.2.
被çœåŒè»ã®é£çµãæ¿èªãããè»äž¡ã«ãããŠã¯ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ã12%ã®åè·¯
äžã«ãããŠãé£çµç¶æ ã§è»äž¡ãåæ¢ç¶æ ã«ç¶æã§ããªããã°ãªããªãã
2.3.3.
If the control device is manual, the force applied to it must not exceed 40 daN.
2.3.3.
æäœè£ 眮ãæååŒã®å Žåãæäœå㯠40 daN ãè¶ ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
2.3.4.
If it is a foot control device, the force exerted on the control must not exceed 50 daN.
2.3.4.
ããã«æäœè£ 眮ã®å Žåãæäœè£ 眮ã«ãããå㯠50 daN ãè¶ ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
2.3.5.
A parking braking system which has to be actuated several times before it attains the
prescribed performance is admissible.
2.3.5.
èŠå®ã®æ§èœãéæããåã«ãé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ãæ°åãæäœããããšãã§ããã
2.3.6.
To check compliance with the requirement specified in paragraph 5.2.2.4. of this
Regulation, a Type-0 test must be carried out, with the engine disconnected, at an
initial test speed of 30 km/h. The mean fully developed deceleration on application of
the control of the parking brake system and the deceleration immediately before the
vehicle stops, shall not be less than 1.5 m/s2. The test shall be carried out with the
laden vehicle. The force exerted on the braking control device shall not exceed the
specified values.
2.3.6.
æ¬èŠåã®5.2.2.4é ã«å®ããèŠä»¶ãžã®é©åæ§ã確èªããããã«ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©
ãããåã£ãã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšãã30 km/hã®å¶ååé床ã§å®æœããªããã°ãªããª
ããé§è»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœè£ 眮ãæäœãããšãã®å¹³å飜åæžé床åã³è»äž¡ãå
æ¢ããçŽåã®æžé床ã¯ã1.5 m/s2以äžãšãããè©Šéšã¯ãç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã§å®æœ
ãããã®ãšãããå¶åæäœè£ 眮ã®æäœåã¯èŠå®å€ãè¶ ããªããã®ãšããã
3. Response time 3. å¿çæé
3.1.
Where a vehicle is equipped with a service braking system which is totally or partially
3.1.
è©Šéšè»äž¡ã¯ãé転è ã®çå以å€ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒæºã«å®å šã«åã¯éšåçã«äŸåã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) dependent on a source of energy other than the muscular effort of the driver, the
following requirements must be satisfied:
ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããŠããå Žåãäžèšã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãïŒ
3.1.1.
In an emergency manoeuvre, the time elapsing between the moment when the control
device begins to be actuated and the moment when the braking force on the least
favourable placed axle reaches the level corresponding to the prescribed performance
must not exceed 0.6 seconds;
3.1.1.
ç·æ¥æäœã®éãæäœè£ 眮ãäœåéå§ããç¬éãããæãäžå©ãªäœçœ®ã®è»è»žã®
å¶ååããèŠå®ãããæ§èœã«éãããŸã§ã®æéã¯ã0.6 ç§ãè¶ ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
3.1.2.
In the case of vehicles fitted with hydraulic braking systems, the requirements of
paragraph 3.1.1. above are considered to be satisfied if, in an emergency manoeuvre,
the deceleration of the vehicle or the pressure at the least favourable brake cylinder,
reaches a level corresponding to the prescribed performance within 0.6 seconds.
3.1.2.
液å§åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåãç·æ¥æäœæã«è»äž¡æžé床åã¯æãäž
å©ãªãã¬ãŒãã·ãªã³ãã®å§åã0.6ç§ä»¥å ã§ãèŠå®ãããæ§èœã«éãããªã
ã°ãäžèš3.1.1é ã®èŠä»¶ã¯æºãããããã®ãšã¿ãªãã
Annex 3 - Appendix
Procedure for monitoring the state of battery charge
This procedure is applicable to vehicle batteries used for traction and regenerative
braking.
The procedure requires the use of a bi-directional DC Watt-hour meter or a
bi-directional DC Ampere-hour meter.
Procedure
éå3âä»é²
ããããªãŒå é»ç¶æ ã®ç£èŠæé
æ¬æé ã¯ãé§åçšåã³é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã«äœ¿çšããè»äž¡ããããªãŒã«é©çš
ããã
æ¬æé ã§ã¯ãåæ¹åDCã¯ããæã¡ãŒã¿ãŒãŸãã¯åæ¹åDCã¢ã³ãã¢æã¡ãŒã¿
ãŒã䜿çšããå¿ èŠãããã
æé
1.1.
If the batteries are new or have been subject to extended storage, they shall be cycled
as recommended by the manufacturer. A minimum 8-hour soak period at ambient
temperature shall be allowed after completion of cycling.
1.1.
ããããªãŒããæ°ååã¯é·æä¿ç®¡ã®åœ±é¿ãåããŠããå Žåã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæš
奚ããå é»ãµã€ã¯ã«ãå®æœãããã®ãšãããå é»ãµã€ã¯ã«ã®çµäºåŸã¯ãå°ãª
ããšã8æéãåšå²ã®æž©åºŠã«ãªããããšã蚱容ãããã®ãšããã
1.2.
A full charge shall be established using the manufacturer's recommended charging
1.2.
ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæšå¥šããå é»æ¹æ³ãçšããŠãå®å šã«å é»ãããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) procedure.
1.3.
When the braking tests of paragraphs 1.2.11., 1.4.1.2.3., 1.5.1.6., 1.5.1.7. and 1.5.2.4.
of Annex 3 are conducted the watt-hours consumed by the traction motors and
supplied by the regenerative braking system shall be recorded as a running total which
shall then be used to determine the state of charge existing at the beginning or end of a
particular test.
1.3.
éå3ã®1.2.11é ã1.4.1.2.3é ã1.5.1.6é ã1.5.1.7é åã³1.5.2.4é ã®èŠå®ããå¶
åè©Šéšãå®æœãããšãã¯ãè©Šéšã®ååŸã«ãããå é»ç¶æ ã決å®ããããã«ã
é§åçšé»åæ©ã«ããæ¶è²»ãããé»ååã³é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ã«ããäŸçµŠãã
ãé»åãèšé²ããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.4.
To replicate a level of state of charge in the batteries for comparative tests, such as
those of paragraph 1.5.2.4., the batteries shall be either recharged to that level or
charged to above that level and discharged into a fixed load at approximately constant
power until the required state of charge is reached. Alternatively, for vehicles with
battery powered electric traction only, the state of charge may be adjusted by running
the vehicle. Tests conducted with a battery partially charged at their start shall be
commenced as soon as possible after the desired state of charge has been reached.
1.4.
1.5.2.4é ã®è©Šéšã®ããã«ãæ¯èŒè©Šéšã®ããã«ããããªãŒã®å é»ç¶æ ãåçŸã
ãã«ã¯ãããããªãŒãåœè©²ã¬ãã«ãŸã§åå é»ãããåã¯åœè©²ã¬ãã«ãè¶ ããŠ
å é»ããåŸã«ãå¿ èŠãªå é»ç¶æ ã«éãããŸã§ãã»ãŒåçãªé»åã§åºå®è² è·ã«
æŸé»ãããã®ãšãããããã«ä»£ããŠãããããªãŒé§ååé»æ°çœåŒã«ããè»äž¡
ã®å Žåã«éããè»äž¡ãèµ°è¡ãããããšã«ãã£ãŠå é»ç¶æ ã調ç¯ããŠãããã
éšåçã«å é»ãããããããªãŒãéå§æã«çšããŠè¡ãè©Šéšã¯ãæãŸããå é»
ç¶æ ã«éãããéããã«éå§ãããã®ãšããã
Annex 4
Provisions relating to energy sources and energy storage devices (energy
accumulators)
Hydraulic braking systems with stored energy
éå4
ãšãã«ã®ãŒãœãŒã¹åã³ãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ïŒãšãã«ã®ãŒã¢ãã¥ã ã¬ãŒã¿ïŒã«
é¢ããèŠå®
èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒããã€æ¶²å§åŒå¶åè£ çœ®
1. Capacity of energy storage devices (energy accumulators) 1. ãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ïŒãšãã«ã®ãŒã¢ãã¥ã ã¬ãŒã¿ïŒã®å®¹é
1.1.
General
1.1.
äžè¬èŠä»¶
1.1.1.
Vehicles on which the braking equipment requires the use of stored energy provided
by hydraulic fluid under pressure shall be equipped with energy storage devices
1.1.1.
å å§ãããäœå液ã«ãã£ãŠäŸçµŠãããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒãçšããå¶åæ©åšãå
ããè»äž¡ã¯ãæ¬éåã®1.2é åã¯1.3é ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãã容éã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) (energy accumulators) of a capacity meeting the requirements of paragraphs 1.2. or
1.3. of this annex;
眮ïŒãšãã«ã®ãŒã¢ãã¥ã ã¬ãŒã¿ïŒãè£ åãããã®ãšããã
1.1.2.
However, the energy storage devices shall not be required to be of a prescribed
capacity if the braking system is such that in the absence of any energy reserve it is
possible with the service brake control to achieve a braking performance at least equal
to that prescribed for the secondary braking system;
1.1.2.
ãã ããå¶åè£ çœ®ããèç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒç¡ãã§äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ããè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®
ã«èŠå®ãããå¶åæ§èœãšåçã®æ§èœãéæã§ãããããªãã®ã§ããã°ãèŠå®
容éã®ãã®ãè£ åããå¿ èŠã¯ãªãã
1.1.3.
In verifying compliance with the requirements of paragraphs 1.2., 1.3. and 2.1. of this
annex, the brakes shall be adjusted as closely as possible and, for paragraph 1.2. of
this annex, the rate of full-stroke actuations must be such as to provide an interval of
at least 60 seconds between each actuation.
1.1.3.
æ¬éåã®1.2é ã1.3é åã³2.1é ã®èŠä»¶ãžã®é©åæ§ã蚌æããéãå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯
極å綿å¯ã«èª¿ç¯ãããã®ãšããããŸããæ¬éåã®1.2é ã«ã€ããŠã¯ããã«ã¹ã
ããŒã¯æäœã®ééã¯ãåæäœã®éã«å°ãªããšã60ç§ã®äŒæ¢æéããããªãã
ã°ãªããªãã
1.2.
Vehicles equipped with a hydraulic braking system with stored energy shall meet the
following requirements:
1.2.
èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒããã€æ¶²å§åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã¯ãäžèšã®èŠä»¶ãæºã
ããã®ãšããã
1.2.1.
After eight full-stroke actuations of the service brake control, it shall still be possible
to achieve, on the ninth application, the performance prescribed for the secondary
braking system.
1.2.1.
äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ã€ã㊠8 åãã«ã¹ãããŒã¯æäœãè¡ã£ãåŸãåœè©²è£ 眮㯠9 åç®
ã®æäœãè¡ã£ãéã«ãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã«èŠå®ãããæ§èœãéæã§ãããã®ãšã
ãã
1.2.2.
Testing shall be performed in conformity with the following requirements:
1.2.2.
è©Šéšã¯ãäžèšã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããããã«å®æœãããã®ãšããã
1.2.2.1.
Testing shall commence at a pressure that may be specified by the manufacturer but is
not higher than the cut-in pressure1; 1 The initial energy level shall be stated in the approval document.
1.2.2.1.
è©Šéšæã®å§åã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ããŠãããããã«ããã€ã³å§å以äžã®å§å
ã§éå§ãããã®ãšãã1ã 1 åæãšãã«ã®ãŒæ°Žæºãèªå¯ç³è«æžã«èšèŒãããã®ãšããã
1.2.2.2. 1.2.2.2.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) The energy storage device(s) shall not be fed; in addition, any energy storage
device(s) for auxiliary equipment shall be isolated.
ãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ã«ã¯ãšãã«ã®ãŒãäŸçµŠããªããã®ãšãããããã«ãå€éš
è£ çœ®çšãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ã¯åãé¢ããã®ãšããã
1.3.
Vehicles equipped with a hydraulic braking system with stored energy which cannot
meet the requirements of paragraph 5.2.4.1. of this Regulation shall be deemed to
satisfy that paragraph if the following requirements are met:
1.3.
èç©ãšãã«ã®ãŒããã€æ¶²å§åŒå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã§ãæ¬èŠåã® 5.2.4.1 é
ã®èŠä»¶ãæºããããšã®ã§ããªããã®ã¯ãäžèšã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããªãã°åœè©²èŠä»¶
ãæºãããã®ãšããã
1.3.1.
After any single transmission failure it shall still be possible after eight full-stroke
actuations of the service brake control, to achieve, at the ninth application, at least the
performance prescribed for the secondary braking system.
1.3.1.
äžã±æã®äŒéè£ çœ®ã®æ éãçããåŸãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«ã€ããŠ8åãã«ã¹ãããŒã¯
æäœãè¡ã£ãåŸã«ã9åç®ã®æäœãè¡ã£ãéã«ãå°ãªããšãè£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã«èŠ
å®ãããæ§èœãéæã§ãããã®ãšããã
1.3.2.
Testing shall be performed in conformity with the following requirements:
1.3.2.
è©Šéšã¯ãäžèšã®èŠä»¶ã«é©åããããã«å®æœãããã®ãšããã
1.3.2.1.
With the energy source stationary or operating at a speed corresponding to the engine
idling speed, any transmission failure may be induced. Before inducing such a failure,
the energy storage device(s) shall be at a pressure that may be specified by the
manufacturer but not exceeding the cut-in pressure;
1.3.2.1.
ãšãã«ã®ãŒãœãŒã¹ãåæ¢åã¯ãšã³ãžã³ã¢ã€ããªã³ã°å転æ°ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããé床ã§
æäœããŠãäŒéè£ çœ®ã®æ éãçºçãããããšãã§ããããããæ éãçºçã
ããåã«ããšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ããŠãããããã«ããã€
ã³å§å以äžã®å§åã§éå§ãããã®ãšããã
1.3.2.2.
The auxiliary equipment and its energy storage devices, if any, shall be isolated.
1.3.2.2.
å€éšè£ 眮åã³ãã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ïŒãããšããã°ïŒãåãé¢ããã®ãšã
ãã
2. Capacity of hydraulic fluid energy sources 2. 液å§åŒãšãã«ã®ãŒãœãŒã¹ã®å®¹é
2.1.
The energy sources shall meet the requirements set out in the following paragraphs.
2.1.
液å§åŒãšãã«ã®ãŒãœãŒã¹ã¯ãäžèšã«èŠå®ããèŠä»¶ãæºãããã®ãšããã
2.1.1.
Definitions
2.1.1.
å®çŸ©
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 2.1.1.1.
"p1" represents the maximum system operational pressure (cut-out pressure) in the
energy storage device(s) specified by the manufacturer.
2.1.1.1.
ãp1ããšã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãå®ããããšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮å ã®æå€§è£ çœ®äœåå§å
ïŒã«ããã¢ãŠãå§åïŒãããã
2.1.1.2.
"p2" represents the pressure after four full-stroke actuations with the service brake
control, starting at p1, without having fed the energy storage device(s).
2.1.1.2.
ãp2ããšã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãããšãã«ã®ãŒèç©ãžãšãã«ã®ãŒã®äŸçµŠãç¡ãç¶æ
ã§ãp1ããéå§ã㊠4 åãã«ã¹ãããŒã¯æäœãè¡ã£ãåŸã®å§åãããã
2.1.1.3.
"t" represents the time required for the pressure to rise from p2 to p1 in the energy
storage device(s) without application of the brake control.
2.1.1.3.
ãtããšã¯ãå¶åè£ çœ®ãæäœããã«ããšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮å ã®å§åã p2 ãã
p1 ãŸã§äžæããã®ã«å¿ èŠãªæéãããã
2.1.2.
Conditions of measurement
2.1.2.
枬å®æ¡ä»¶
2.1.2.1.
During the tests to determine the time t, the feed rate of the energy source shall be that
obtained when the engine is running at the speed corresponding to its maximum
power or at the speed allowed by the over-speed governor.
2.1.2.1.
æétã枬å®ããè©Šéšã®éããšãã«ã®ãŒãœãŒã¹ã®äŸçµŠé床ã¯ããšã³ãžã³ã®æé«
åºåå転é床åã¯æé«åºåå転é床ã®ã¬ããã®èš±å®¹å転é床ã«ãããäŸçµŠé
床ã§ãããã®ãšããã
2.1.2.2.
During the test to determine the time t, energy storage device(s) for auxiliary
equipment shall not be isolated other than automatically.
2.1.2.2.
æé t ã枬å®ããè©Šéšã®éãå€éšè£ 眮çšãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ã¯ãèªåçã«å
ãé¢ãããã®ä»¥å€ã¯ãåãé¢ããŠã¯ãªããªããã®ãšããã
2.1.3.
Interpretation of results
2.1.3.
çµæå€å®
2.1.3.1.
In the case of all vehicles, the time t shall not exceed 20 seconds.
2.1.3.1.
å šãŠã®è»äž¡ã«ã€ããŠãæé t 㯠20 ç§ãè¶ ããªããã®ãšããã
3. Characteristics of warning devices
With the engine stationary and commencing at a pressure that may be specified by the
manufacturer but does not exceed the cut-in pressure, the warning device shall not
operate following two full-stroke actuations of the service brake control.
3. èŠå ±è£ 眮ã®ç¹æ§
ãšã³ãžã³ãåæ¢ããã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ããŠãããããã«ããã€ã³å§å以äžã®å§
åããéå§ããèŠå ±è£ 眮ã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®2åã®ãã«ã¹ãããŒã¯æäœã®åŸã«äœ
åããªããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09)
Annex 5
Distribution of braking among the axles of vehicles
éå5
è»äž¡ã®è»è»žéã®å¶åé å
1. General
Vehicles which are not equipped with an anti-lock system as defined in Annex 6 to
this Regulation shall meet all the requirements of this annex. If a special device is
used, this must operate automatically.
1. äžè¬èŠä»¶
æ¬èŠåã®éå6ã«å®çŸ©ããABSãè£ åããŠããªãè»äž¡ã¯ãæ¬éåã®èŠä»¶ããã¹
ãŠæºãããã®ãšãããç¹æ®ãªè£ 眮ã䜿çšãããŠããå Žåãããã¯èªåçã«äœ
åãããã®ã§ãªããã°ãªããªãã
2. Symbols
i = axle index (i = 1, front axle; i = 2, rear axle)
Pi = normal reaction of road surface on axle i under static conditions
Ni = normal reaction of road surface on axle i under braking
Ti = force exerted by the brakes on axle i under normal braking conditions on the road
fi = Ti/Ni , adhesion utilized by axle i 1 1 "Adhesion utilisation curves" of a vehicle means curves showing, for specified load
conditions, the adhesion utilized by each axle i plotted against the braking rate of the
vehicle.
J = deceleration of the vehicle
g = acceleration due to gravity: g = 9.81 m/s2
z = braking rate of vehicle = J/g
P = mass of vehicle
h = height of centre of gravity specified by the manufacturer and agreed by the
Technical Services conducting the approval test
E = wheelbase
k = theoretical coefficient of adhesion between tyre and road
2. èšå·
iïŒè»žèšå·ïŒiã¯1ãå軞ãiã¯2ãåŸè»žïŒ
PiïŒç¬¬i軞ã«ãããéçè·¯é¢åå
NiïŒç¬¬i軞ã«ãããåçè·¯é¢åå
TiïŒè·¯äžã§ã®éåžžã®å¶åæ¡ä»¶äžã®å¶ååã«ãã£ãŠç¬¬i軞ã«åãå
fiïŒTi/Niã第i軞ã®ç²çåå©çšæ²ç·1 1 è»äž¡ã®ãç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ããšã¯ãæå®ã®ç©èŒç¶æ ã§å第i軞ãå©çšããå¶å
åããè»äž¡ã®å¶åçã«å¯ŸããŠã°ã©ãåããæ²ç·ãããã
JïŒè»äž¡ã®æžé床
gïŒéåå é床ïŒgã¯9.81 m/s2
zïŒè»äž¡ã®å¶åçïŒJ/g
PïŒè»äž¡ã®è³ªé
hïŒã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ããèªå¯è©Šéšãå®æœããæè¡æ©é¢ãåæããéå¿ã®é«ã
EïŒè»žè·
kïŒã¿ã€ã€ãšè·¯é¢éã®ç²çä¿æ°
3. Requirements 3. èŠä»¶
3.1.(A) 3.1.(A)
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) For all states of load of the vehicle, the adhesion utilization curve of the rear axle shall
not be situated above that for the front axle2: 2 The provisions of paragraph 3.1. do not affect the requirements of Annex 3 to this
Regulation relating to the braking performance. However, if, in tests made under the
provisions of paragraph 3.1., braking performances are obtained which are higher than
those prescribed in Annex 3, the provisions relating to the adhesion utilization curves
shall be applied within the areas of diagram 1 of this annex defined by the straight
lines k = 0.8 and z = 0.8. for all braking rates between 0.15 and 0.8:
è©Šéšè»äž¡ããã¹ãŠç©èŒç¶æ ã§ãåŸè»žã®ç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ã¯ãå軞ã®ããããäž
æ¹ã«ãªããã®ãšãã2 2 3.1é ã®èŠå®ã¯ãå¶åæ§èœã«ä¿ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã®èŠä»¶ã«ã¯åœ±é¿ããªãããã
ããããã3.1é ã®èŠå®ã«åŸã£ãŠå®æœããè©Šéšã§ãéå3ã«èŠå®ãããå¶åæ§
èœããé«ãå¶åæ§èœãåŸããããªãã°ãç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ã«é¢ããèŠå®ã¯ãæ¬
éåã®å³1ã§å¶åçããã¹ãŠ0.15ãã0.8ã®éã§ããå ŽåçŽç·k = 0.8åã³z =
0.8ã«ããå²ãŸããé¢ç©å ã§é©çšãããã®ãšããã
3.1.(B)
For k values between 0.2 and 0.82: 2 The provisions of paragraph 3.1. do not affect the requirements of Annex 3 to this
Regulation relating to the braking performance. However, if, in tests made under the
provisions of paragraph 3.1., braking performances are obtained which are higher than
those prescribed in Annex 3, the provisions relating to the adhesion utilization curves
shall be applied within the areas of diagram 1 of this annex defined by the straight
lines k = 0.8 and z = 0.8.
z > 0.1 + 0.7 (k - 0.2) (see diagram 1 of this annex)
3.1.(B)
kã®å€ã0.2ãã0.8ã®å Žå2 2 3.1é ã®èŠå®ã¯ãå¶åæ§èœã«ä¿ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã®èŠä»¶ã«ã¯åœ±é¿ããªãããã
ããããã3.1é ã®èŠå®ã«åŸã£ãŠå®æœããè©Šéšã§ãéå3ã«èŠå®ãããå¶åæ§
èœããé«ãå¶åæ§èœãåŸããããªãã°ãç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ã«é¢ããèŠå®ã¯ãæ¬
éåã®å³1ã§çŽç·k = 0.8åã³z = 0.8ã«ããå²ãŸããé¢ç©å ã§é©çšãããã®ãš
ããã
z ⧠0.1 + 0.7ïŒk - 0.2ïŒïŒæ¬éåã®å³1åç §ïŒ
3.2.
In order to verify the requirements of paragraph 3.1. of this annex, the manufacturer
shall provide the adhesion utilization curves for the front and rear axles calculated by
the formulae:
3.2.
æ¬éåã®3.1é ã®èŠä»¶ãæºããããšã確èªããããã«ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ã次åŒã§èš
ç®ããå軞åã³åŸè»žã®ç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ãäœæãããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) The curves shall be plotted for both the following load conditions: ç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ã¯ãäžèšã® 2 ã€ã®ç©èŒæ¡ä»¶ã«ãããŠäœå³ãããã®ãšããã
3.2.1.
Unladen, in running order with the driver on board;
3.2.1.
éç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã«ãé転è ãä¹è»ããèµ°è¡å¯èœç¶æ ã
3.2.2.
Laden; where provision is made for several possibilities of load distribution, the one
whereby the front axle is the most heavily laden shall be the one considered;
3.2.2.
ç©èŒç¶æ ãè·éé åã®ããã€ãã®å¯èœæ§ã«ã€ããŠèŠå®ãããŠããå Žåãæã
倧ããªå軞è·éé åãèæ ®ãã¹ãæ¡ä»¶ãšãããã®ãšããã
3.2.3.
For vehicles fitted with an electric regenerative braking system of category B, where
the electric regenerative braking capacity is influenced by the electric state of charge,
the curves shall be plotted by taking account of the electric braking component under
the minimal and maximum conditions of delivered braking force. This requirement is
not applicable if the vehicle is equipped with an anti-lock device which controls the
wheels connected to the electric braking then the requirements of Annex 6 to this
Regulation shall apply.
3.2.3.
Båºåã®é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã«ã€ããŠãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åèœå
ãå é»ç¶æ ã«ãã£ãŠåœ±é¿ãããå Žåãåœè©²æ²ç·ã¯ãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãæ§
æããéšåãçºçãããæå°å¶åååã³æ倧å¶ååã®æ¡ä»¶ãèæ ®ããŠäœå³å
ãããã®ãšãããæ¬èŠä»¶ã¯ãè»äž¡ãé»æ°åŒåçå¶åã«æ¥ç¶ãããŠããè»èŒªã
å¶åŸ¡ããã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããŠããå Žåã«ã¯é©çšããã
æ¬èŠåã®éå6ã®èŠä»¶ãé©çšãããã®ãšããã
4. Requirements to be met in case of failure of the braking distribution system
When the requirements of this annex are fulfilled by means of a special device (e.g.
controlled mechanically by the suspension of the vehicle), it shall be possible, in the
event of the failure of its control, (e.g. by disconnecting the control linkage), to stop
the vehicle under the conditions of the Type-0 test with the engine disconnected to
give a stopping distance not exceeding 0.1 v + 0.0100 v2 (m) and a mean fully
developed deceleration not less than 3.86 m/s2.
4. å¶ååé åè£ çœ®ãæ éããå Žåã«æºããã¹ãèŠä»¶
æ¬éåã®èŠä»¶ãç¹æ®ãªè£ 眮ãçšããŠïŒäŸãã°ãè»äž¡ã®ç·©è¡è£ 眮ã«ããæ©æ¢°ç
ã«å¶åŸ¡ãããŠãããã®ïŒæºããããå Žåããã®æäœè£ 眮ãæ éãããšãïŒäŸ
ãã°ãå¶åŸ¡ãªã³ã±ãŒãžã®å€ãïŒããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåã£ãã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã§
åæ¢è·é¢ã0.1 v+0.0100 v2ïŒmïŒãè¶ ããããã€ãå¹³å飜åæžé床ã3.86 m/s2
以äžã®æ¡ä»¶äžã§è»äž¡ãåæ¢ããããšãã§ãããã®ãšããã
5. Vehicle testing
During the type-approval testing of a vehicle, the technical inspection authority shall
verify conformity with the requirements contained in the present annex, by carrying
out the following tests:
5. è»äž¡ã®è©Šéš
è»äž¡ã®ååŒèªå¯è©Šéšã®éã«ãæè¡æ€æ»åœå±ã¯ãäžèšã®è©Šéšãå®æœããŠçŸè¡ã®
éåæåã®èŠä»¶ãžã®é©åæ§ã確èªãããã®ãšããã
5.1. 5.1.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Wheel-lock sequence test (see Appendix 1)
If the wheel-lock sequence test confirms that the front wheels lock before or
simultaneously with the rear wheels, conformity with paragraph 3. of this annex has
been verified and testing is complete.
è»èŒªããã¯é åºè©ŠéšïŒéå1åç §ïŒ
è»èŒªããã¯é åºè©Šéšã«ãããŠãåŸèŒªããã¯ããæ©ãåã¯åæã«å茪ãããã¯
ããããšã確èªãããå Žåãæ¬éåã® 3 é ã«å¯Ÿããé©åæ§ã確èªããããã®
ãšããè©Šéšã¯çµäºããã
5.2.
Additional tests
If the wheel-lock sequence test indicates that the rear wheels lock before the front
wheels, then the vehicle:
(a) Will be subjected to additional testing, as follows:
(i) Additional wheel-lock sequence tests; and/or
(ii) Torque wheel tests (see Appendix 2) to determine brake factors To generate
adhesion utilization curves; these curves must satisfy the requirements in paragraph
3.1.(A) of this annex.
(b) May be refused type-approval.
5.2.
è¿œå è©Šéš
è»èŒªããã¯é åºè©Šéšã«ãããŠãå茪ããã¯ããæ©ãåŸèŒªãããã¯ããããšã
確èªãããå Žåãåœè©²è»äž¡ã¯ã
(a) äžèšã®ããããã®è¿œå è©Šéšãè¡ãã
(i) è»èŒªããã¯é åºåè©Šéšãåã³/åã¯ã
(ii) ç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ãäœæããããã®å¶ååä¿æ°ã決å®ãããã«ã¯ãã€ãŒã«
è©ŠéšïŒéå2åç §ïŒããããã®æ²ç·ã¯ãæ¬éåã®3.1(A)é ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããªã
ãã°ãªããªãã
(b) ååŒèªå¯ãæåŠããŠãããã
5.3.
The results of the practical tests shall be appended to the type-approval report.
5.3.
å®éã®è©ŠéšçµæãååŒèªå¯è©Šéšæ瞟æžã«æ·»ä»ãããã®ãšããã
6. Conformity of production 6. çç£ã®é©åæ§
6.1.
When checking vehicles for conformity of production, the Technical Services should
follow the same procedures as for type-approval.
6.1.
çç£ã®é©åæ§ã®ããã«è»äž¡ã確èªããå Žåã¯ãæè¡æ©é¢ã¯ååŒèªå¯ãšåãæ
é ã§å®æœãã¹ããã®ãšããã
6.2.
The requirements shall also be the same as for type-approval, except that in the test
described in paragraph 5.2.(a)(ii) of this annex, the rear axle curve must lie below the
line z = 0.9 k for all braking rates between 0.15 and 0.8 (instead of meeting the
requirement in paragraph 3.1.(A) (see diagram 2).
6.2.
èŠä»¶ããååŒèªå¯ãšåçã®ãã®ãšããããã ããæ¬éåã®5.2(a)(ii)é ã«èšã
ãè©Šéšã§ãåŸè»žã®æ²ç·ããïŒ3.1(A)é ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãã代ããã«ïŒ0.15ãã0.8
ã®å šå¶åçã«å¯ŸããŠçŽç·zïŒ0.9 kã®äžã«ãªããã°ãªããªãïŒå³2åç §ïŒã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Diagram 1 å³1
Diagram 2 å³ 2
Annex 5 - Appendix 1
Wheel-lock sequence test procedure
éå5âä»é²1
è»èŒªããã¯é åºè©Šéšæé
1. General information
(a) The purpose of this test is to ensure that lockup of both front wheels occurs at a
1. äžè¬æ å ±
(a) æ¬è©Šéšã®ç®çã¯ã0.15ãã0.8ã®å¶åçã§è»èŒªã®ããã¯ã¢ãããçºçãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) lower deceleration rate than the lockup of both rear wheels when tested on road
surfaces on which wheel lockup occurs at braking rates between 0.15 and 0.8.
(b) A simultaneous lockup of the front and rear wheels refers to the condition when
the time interval between the lockup of the last (second) wheel on the rear axle and
the last (second) wheel on the front axle is < 0.1 seconds for vehicle speeds > 30
km/h.
è·¯é¢äžã§è©Šéšãè¡ã£ãéãäž¡å茪ã®ããã¯ã¢ãããäž¡åŸèŒªã®ããã¯ã¢ããã
ãäœãå¶åçã§çºçããããšã確èªããããšã§ããã
(b) å茪åã³åŸèŒªã®åæããã¯ã¢ãããšã¯ãè©Šéšè»äž¡ã®é床ã30 km/hè¶ ã®ãš
ããåŸè»žã®æåŸïŒ2çªç®ã«ïŒã«ããã¯ã¢ããããè»èŒªã®ããã¯ãšãå軞ã®æåŸ
ïŒ2çªç®ã®ïŒã«ããã¯ã¢ããããè»èŒªã®ããã¯ãšã®æéééã0.1ç§æªæºã§ã
ãç¶æ ãããã
2. Vehicle conditions
(a) Vehicle load: Laden and unladen
(b) Transmission position: Engine disconnected
2. è»äž¡ã®ç¶æ
(a) è»äž¡ã®è·éïŒç©èŒç¶æ åã³éç©èŒç¶æ
(b) å€éæ©äœçœ®ïŒãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ããåæ
3. Test conditions and procedures
(a) Initial brake temperature: Between 65 degrees C and 100 degrees C average on the
hottest axle.
(b) Test speed:
65 km/h for a braking rate < 0.50;
100 km/h for a braking rate > 0.50.
(c) Pedal force:
(i) Pedal force is applied and controlled by a skilled driver or by a mechanical brake
pedal actuator.
(ii) Pedal force is increased at a linear rate such that the first axle lockup occurs no
less than one-half (0.5) second and no more than one and one-half (1.5) seconds after
the initial application of the pedal.
(iii) The pedal is released when the second axle locks, or when the pedal force reaches
l kN, or 0.1 seconds after the first lockup, whichever occurs first.
(d) Wheel lockup: Only wheel lockups above a vehicle speed of 15 km/h are
considered.
(e) Test surface: This test is conducted on road test surfaces on which wheel lockup
3. è©Šéšæ¡ä»¶åã³è©Šéšæé
(a) åæãã¬ãŒã枩床ïŒæé«æž©åºŠã®è»è»žäžã®å¹³åã§65âãã100âã
(b) è©Šéšé床ïŒ
å¶åçã0.50以äžã®å Žåã65 km/hã
å¶åçã0.50è¶ ã®å Žåã100 km/hã
(c) ããã«æäœå
(i) ããã«æäœåã¯ãçç·Žé転è åã¯æ©æ¢°åŒããã«æäœè£ 眮ã«ãã£ãŠæäœãã
ãã
(ii) ããã«æäœåã¯ãæåã®è»è»žããã¯ã¢ãããããã«ã®åæäœååŸã0.5ç§
以äžããã€ã1.5ç§ä»¥äžã§çããããã«ç·åœ¢ã«å¢å ãããã
(iii) ããã«æäœåã¯ã2çªç®ã®è»è»žãããã¯ãããšããåã¯ãºãã«æäœåã1
kNã«éãããšããæãã¯æåã®ããã¯ã¢ããã®0.1ç§åŸã®ãããããæ©ãçºç
ããéã«è§£é€ããã
(d) è»èŒªããã¯ã¢ããïŒ15 km/hè¶ ã®è»éã§ã®è»èŒªããã¯ã¢ããã®ã¿ãèæ ®ã
ãã
(e) è©Šéšè·¯é¢ïŒæ¬è©Šéšã¯ãè»èŒªããã¯ã¢ããã0.15ãã0.8ã®å¶åçã§çºçã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) occurs at braking rates between 0.15 and 0.8.
(f) Data to be recorded: The following information must be automatically recorded in
phase continuously throughout each test run such that values of the variables can be
cross referenced in real time:
(i) Vehicle speed;
(ii) Instantaneous vehicle braking rate (e.g. by differentiation of vehicle speed);
(iii) Brake pedal force (or hydraulic line pressure);
(iv) Angular velocity at each wheel.
(g) Each test run shall be repeated once to confirm the wheel lockup sequence: if one
of these two results indicates a failure to comply, then a third test run under the same
conditions will be decisive.
ããããªè©Šéšè·¯é¢ã§å®æœããã
(f) ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ïŒäžèšã®æ å ±ã«ã€ããŠã枬å®å€ããªã¢ã«ã¿ã€ã ã§çžäºã«åç §
ã§ããããã«ãåè©Šéšèµ°è¡ã®éãé£ç¶çã«åæãããŠèªåçã«èšé²ããªãã
ã°ãªããªãã
(i) è»éã
(ii) ç¬éè»äž¡å¶åçïŒäŸãã°ãè»éã®åŸ®åïŒã
(iii) å¶åããã«æäœåïŒåã¯æ¶²å§é 管å§åïŒã
(iv) åè»èŒªã®è§é床ã
(g) åè©Šéšã¯ãè»èŒªããã¯ã¢ããé åºã確èªããããã2 åç¹°ãè¿ããã®ãšã
ãããããã® 2 ã€ã®è©Šéšçµæã®ãã¡ã® 1 ã€ãäžé©åã®å Žåã«ã¯ã3 åç®ã®è©Š
éšãåãæ¡ä»¶äžã§å®æœããŠæ±ºå®ããã
4. Performance requirements
(a) Both rear wheels shall not reach a locked condition prior to both front wheels
being locked - at vehicle braking rates between 0.15 and 0.8.
(b) If, when tested to the procedure specified above, and at vehicle braking rates
between 0.15 and 0.8 the vehicle meets one of the following criteria, then it passes
this wheel lockup sequence requirement:
(i) No wheels lock;
(ii) Both wheels on the front axle and one or no wheels on the rear axle lock;
(iii) Both axles simultaneously lock.
(c) If wheel lockup commences at a braking rate less than 0.15 and more than 0.8 then
the test is invalid and should be repeated on a different road surface.
(d) If, either laden or unladen, at a braking rate between 0.15 and 0.8 both wheels on
the rear axle and one or no wheels on the front axle lock, then it fails the wheel lockup
sequence test. In this latter case, the vehicle must be submitted to the 'torque wheels'
test procedure to determine the objective brake factors for calculation of the adhesion
4. æ§èœèŠä»¶
(a) 0.15ãã0.8ã®è»äž¡å¶åçã§ãäž¡åŸèŒªã¯äž¡å茪ãããã¯ããåã«ãããã¯ç¶
æ ã«ãªããªããã®ãšããã
(b) äžèšã®æé ã«åŸã£ãŠã0.15ãã0.8ã®è»äž¡å¶åçã§è©Šéšãè¡ã£ããšããè»
äž¡ã次ã®èŠæºã®1ã€ãæºãããªãã°ãæ¬è»èŒªããã¯ã¢ããé åºèŠä»¶ã«åæ Œãã
ããšã«ãªãã
(i) è»èŒªãããã¯ããªãã
(ii) å軞ã®äž¡èŒªåã³åŸè»žã®1ã€ãããã¯ãããåã¯å軞ã®äž¡èŒªãããã¯ããåŸ
軞ã¯ãããã®è»èŒªãããã¯ããªãã
(iii) 䞡軞ãåæã«ããã¯ããã
(c) è»èŒªããã¯ã¢ããã0.15æªæºã0.8è¶ ã®å¶åçã§çºçããå Žåã¯ãåœè©²è©Š
éšã¯ç¡å¹ãšãªããå¥ã®è·¯é¢ã§ç¹°ãè¿ãã¹ããã®ãšããã
(d) ç©èŒç¶æ åã¯éç©èŒç¶æ ã®ãããã«ãããŠããå¶åçã0.15ãã0.8ã®ç¯
å²ã§ãåŸè»žã®äž¡èŒªåã³å軞ã®1ã€ã®è»èŒªãããã¯ããïŒåã¯å軞ã®è»èŒªã¯ãã
ã¯ããªãïŒå Žåãè»èŒªããã¯ã¢ããé åºè©Šéšã¯äžåæ ŒãšãªããåŸè ã®å Žåã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) utilization curves. è»äž¡ãããã«ã¯ãã€ãŒã«ãè©Šéšæé ã§è©Šéšããç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ãèšç®ããã
ãã«ã客芳çå¶åä¿æ°ã決å®ããªããã°ãªããªãã
Annex 5 - Appendix 2
Torque wheel test procedure
éå5âä»é²2
ãã«ã¯ãã€ãŒã«è©Šéšæé
1. General information
The purpose of this test is to measure the brake factors and thus determine the
adhesion utilization of the front and rear axles over a range of braking rates between
0.15 and 0.8.
1. äžè¬æ å ±
æ¬è©Šéšã®ç®çã¯ãå¶åä¿æ°ã枬å®ããããã«ãã£ãŠ 0.15 ãã 0.8 ãŸã§ã®å¶å
çç¯å²ã«ããã£ãŠå軞åã³åŸè»žã®ç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ã決å®ããããšã§ããã
2. Vehicle conditions
(a) Vehicle load: Laden and unladen
(b) Transmission position: Engine disconnected
2. è»äž¡ã®ç¶æ
(a) è»äž¡ã®è·éïŒç©èŒç¶æ åã³éç©èŒç¶æ
(b) å€éæ©äœçœ®ïŒãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ããåæ
3. Test conditions and procedures
(a) Initial brake temperature: Between 65 degrees C and 100 degrees C average on the
hottest axle.
(b) Test speeds: 100 km/h and 50 km/h.
(c) Pedal force: Pedal force is increased at a linear rate between 100 and 150 N/sec for
the 100 km/h test speed, or between 100 and 200 N/sec for the 50 km/h test speed,
until the first axle locks or until a pedal force of 1 kN is reached, whichever occurs
first.
(d) Brake cooling: Between brake applications, the vehicle is driven at speeds up to
100 km/h until the initial brake temperature specified in paragraph 3.(a) above is
reached.
(e) Number of runs: With the vehicle unladen, run five stops from a speed of 100
km/h and five stops from a speed of 50 km/h, while alternating between the two test
speeds after each stop. With the vehicle laden, repeat the five stops at each test speed
3. è©Šéšæ¡ä»¶åã³è©Šéšæ¹æ³
(a) åæãã¬ãŒã枩床ïŒæé«æž©åºŠã®è»è»žäžã®å¹³åã§65âãã100âã
(b) è©Šéšé床ïŒ100 km/håã³50 km/hã
(c) ããã«æäœåïŒããã«æäœåã¯ãæåã®è»è»žãããã¯ãããåã¯ããã«
æäœåã1 kNã«éããããããããå ã«çºçãããŸã§ãè©Šéšé床100 km/hã§
ã¯100ãã150 N/secãè©Šéšé床50 km/hã§ã¯100ãã200 N/secã®ç·åœ¢æ¯çã§å¢å
ãããã
(d) å¶åè£ çœ®ã®å·åŽïŒåå¶åæäœã®éã«ãè©Šéšè»äž¡ãäžèš3(a)é ã«èŠå®ããå
æãã¬ãŒã枩床ã«éãããŸã§ã100 km/h以äžã®é床ã§èµ°è¡ããããšã«ããè¡
ãã
(e) èµ°è¡åæ°ïŒéç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã§ã100 km/hã®é床ãã5åã®å¶åã50 km/h
ã®é床ãã5åã®å¶åãã2ã€ã®è©Šéšé床ãå ¥ãæ¿ããªããå®æœãããç©èŒç¶
æ ã®è»äž¡ã§ã2ã€ã®è©Šéšé床ãå ¥ãæ¿ããªãããåè©Šéšé床ã§5åã®å¶åãç¹°
ãè¿ãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) while alternating between the two test speeds.
(f) Test surface: This test is conducted on a road test surface affording good adhesion.
(g) Data to be recorded: The following information must be automatically recorded in
phase continuously throughout each test run such that values of the variables can be
cross referenced in real time:
(i) Vehicle speed
(ii) Brake pedal force
(iii) Angular velocity of each wheel
(iv) Brake torque at each wheel
(v) Hydraulic line pressure in each brake circuit, including transducers on at least one
front wheel and one rear wheel downstream of any operative proportioning or
pressure limiting valve(s)
(vi) Vehicle deceleration.
(h) Sample rate: All data acquisition and recording equipment shall support a
minimum sample rate of 40 Hz on all channels.
(i) Determination of front versus rear brake pressure: Determine the front versus rear
brake pressure relationship over the entire range of line pressures. Unless the vehicle
has a variable brake proportioning system, this determination is made by static tests. If
the vehicle has a variable brake proportioning system, dynamic tests are run with the
vehicle both laden and unladen. Fifteen snubs from 50 km/h are made for each of the
two load conditions, using the same initial conditions specified in this appendix.
(f) è©Šéšè·¯é¢ïŒæ¬è©Šéšã¯ãè¯å¥œãªç²çåããã€è©Šéšè·¯é¢ã§å®æœããã
(g) ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ïŒäžèšã®æ å ±ã«ã€ããŠã枬å®å€ããªã¢ã«ã¿ã€ã ã§çžäºã«å
ç §ã§ããããã«ãåè©Šéšèµ°è¡ã®éãé£ç¶çã«åæãããŠèªåçã«èšé²ããªã
ãã°ãªããªãã
(i) è»é
(ii) å¶åããã«æäœå
(iii) åè»èŒªã®è§é床
(iv) åè»èŒªã®å¶åãã«ã¯
(v) åå¶ååè·¯ã®æ¶²å§é 管å§åïŒå°ãªããšãå茪1ã€åã³åŸèŒª1ã€ã«ã€ããŠã
äœåå¯èœãªé åè£ çœ®åã¯å§åéçãã«ãã®äžæµã«åãä»ããå€æåšãå«ãã
(vi) è»äž¡æžé床
(h) ãµã³ãã«æ¯çïŒãã¹ãŠã®ããŒã¿åéåã³èšé²è£ 眮ã¯ãå šãã£ã³ãã«ã§40
Hzã®æäœãµã³ãã«æ¯çãæãããã®ãšããã
(i) å茪察åŸèŒªå¶åå§åã®æž¬å®ïŒå茪察åŸèŒªå¶åå§åã®é¢ä¿ããé 管å§åã®å š
ç¯å²ã«ããã£ãŠæž¬å®ãããè»äž¡ãå¯å€åŒå¶ååé åè£ çœ®ãæããªãå Žåã¯ã
æ¬æž¬å®ã¯éçè©Šéšã§è¡ããè»äž¡ãå¯å€åŒå¶ååé åè£ çœ®ãæããå Žåã¯ãç©
èŒç¶æ åã³éç©èŒç¶æ ã§åçè©Šéšãå®æœãããæ¬ä»é²ã«èŠå®ããåãåææ¡
件ã§ã2ã€ã®ç©èŒæ¡ä»¶ã®ããããã«å¯ŸããŠã50 km/hããã®æ¥å¶åã15åè¡ã
ãã®ãšããã
4. Data reduction
(a) The data from each brake application prescribed in paragraph 3.(e) above is
filtered using a five-point, on-centre moving average for each data channel.
(b) For each brake application prescribed in paragraph 3.(e) above, determine the
slope (brake factor) and pressure axis intercept (brake hold-off pressure) of the linear
4. ããŒã¿åŠç
(a) äžèš3(e)é ã«èŠå®ããåå¶åæäœã®ããŒã¿ã¯ãåèšæž¬ãã£ã³ãã«ã«ã€ããŠ
5ç¹äžå€®ç§»åå¹³åæ³ã§ç®åºããå€ãšããã
(b) äžèš3(e)é ã«èŠå®ãããåå¶åæäœã«ã€ããŠãåŸæïŒå¶åä¿æ°ïŒåã³åå¶
åè»èŒªã®ãã«ã¯åºå枬å®å€ããåãè»èŒªã«ãããé 管å§å枬å®å€ã«å¯Ÿããé¢
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) least squares equation best describing the measured torque output at each braked
wheel as a function of measured line pressure applied at the same wheel. Only torque
output values obtained from data collected when the vehicle deceleration is within the
range of 0.15 g to 0.80 g are used in the regression analysis.
(c) Average the results of paragraph (b) above to calculate the average brake factor
and brake hold-off pressure for all brake applications for the front axle.
(d) Average the results of paragraph (b) above to calculate the average brake factor
and brake hold-off pressure for all brake applications for the rear axle.
(e) Using the relationship between front and rear brake line pressure determined in
paragraph 3.(i) above and the dynamic tyre rolling radius, calculate the braking force
at each axle as a function of front brake line pressure.
(f) Calculate the braking rate of the vehicle as a function of the front brake line
pressure using the following equation:
æ°ãšããŠæãããè¡šãç·åœ¢æå°äºä¹æ¹çšåŒã«ããå§å軞åçïŒå¶åããŒã«ã
解é€å§åïŒãç®åºãããè»äž¡æžé床ã0.15 gãã0.80 gã®ç¯å²å ã«ãããšãã«
åéããããŒã¿ããåŸããã«ã¯åºåå€ã®ã¿ããååž°åæã«äœ¿çšããã
(c) äžèš(b)é ã®çµæãå¹³åããŠãå軞ã®ãã¹ãŠã®å¶åã«å¯Ÿããå¹³åå¶åä¿æ°
åã³å¶åããŒã«ã解é€å§åãèšç®ããã
(d) äžèš(b)é ã®çµæãå¹³åããŠãåŸè»žã®ãã¹ãŠã®å¶åã«å¯Ÿããå¹³åå¶åä¿æ°
åã³å¶åããŒã«ã解é€å§åãèšç®ããã
(e) äžèš3.(i)é ã§æ±ºå®ããå茪åã³åŸèŒªã®å¶åé 管å§åã®é¢ä¿åã³ã¿ã€ã€å
è·éååŸãçšããŠãå茪ã®å¶åé 管å§åã«å¯Ÿããé¢æ°ãšããŠãåè»è»žã®å¶å
åãèšç®ããã
(f) 次åŒãçšããŠãå茪ã®å¶åé 管å§åã«å¯Ÿããé¢æ°ãšããŠãè»äž¡ã®å¶åçã
èšç®ããã
where
z = braking rate at a given front brake line pressure
T1, T2 = braking forces at the front and rear axles respectively, corresponding to the
same front brake line pressure
P = vehicle mass
(g) Calculate the adhesion utilized at each axle as a function of braking rate using the
following formulae:
ããã§
Zã¯ãä»»æã®å茪ã®å¶åé 管å§åã«ãããå¶åç
T1ãT2ã¯ãããããå軞ãåŸè»žã®å¶ååã§ãåãå茪ã®å¶åé 管å§åã«å¯Ÿå¿
ããã
P =è»äž¡è³ªé
(g) 次åŒãçšããŠãå¶åçã®é¢æ°ãšããŠãåè»è»žã§å©çšãããç²çåå©çšä¿
æ°ãèšç®ããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09)
The symbols are defined in paragraph 2. of this annex.
(h) Plot f1 and f2 as a function of z, for both laden and unladen load conditions. These
are the adhesion utilization curves for the vehicle, which must satisfy the requirements
in paragraph 5.2.(a)(ii) of this annex (or, in the case of Conformity of Production
checks, these curves must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 6.2. of this annex).
èšå·ã¯æ¬éåã®2é ã«å®çŸ©ããã
(h) ç©èŒç¶æ åã³éç©èŒç¶æ ã®äž¡æ¡ä»¶ã«ã€ããŠãzã®é¢æ°ãšããŠf1ãšf2ãã°ã©ã
åããããããã¯è»äž¡ã®ç²çåå©çšæ²ç·ã§ãã£ãŠãæ¬éåã®5.2.(a)(ii)é ã®èŠ
件ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãïŒåã¯ãçç£ã®é©åæ§æ€æ»ã®å Žåããããã®æ²
ç·ã¯æ¬éåã®6.2é ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãïŒã
Annex 6
Test requirements for vehicles fitted with anti-lock systems
éå6
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã«å¯Ÿããè©ŠéšèŠä»¶
1. General 1. äžè¬èŠä»¶
1.1.
This annex defines the required braking performance for road vehicles fitted with
anti-lock systems.
1.1.
æ¬éåã¯ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããéè·¯è»äž¡ã«å¯Ÿããå¶å
æ§èœã®èŠä»¶ãèŠå®ããã
1.2.
The anti-lock systems known at present comprise a sensor or sensors, a controller or
controllers and a modulator or modulators. Any device of a different design which
may be introduced in the future, or where an anti-lock braking function is integrated
into another system, shall be deemed to be an anti-lock braking system within the
meaning of this annex and Annex 5 to this Regulation, if it provides performance
equal to that prescribed by this annex.
1.2.
çŸåšç¥ãããŠããã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã¯ããããã1ã€åã¯è€æ°ã®
ã»ã³ãµãå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮åã³ã¢ãžã¥ã¬ãŒã¿ããæ§æãããããããšç°ãªãèšèšã§å°
æ¥å°å ¥ãããå¯èœæ§ã®ããè£ çœ®ãåã¯ã¢ã³ãããã¯å¶åæ©èœãä»ã®ã·ã¹ãã
ã«çµ±åãããè£ çœ®ã¯ãæ¬éåã§èŠå®ããæ§èœãšåçã®æ§èœããã€ãªãã°ãæ¬
éååã³æ¬èŠåã®éå5ã«ãããŠã¯ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã³ã°ã·ã¹ãã
ïŒABSïŒãšã¿ãªããã®ãšããã
2. Definitions 2. å®çŸ©
2.1. 2.1.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) An "anti-lock system" is a part of a service braking system which automatically
controls the degree of slip, in the direction of rotation of the wheel(s), on one or more
wheels of the vehicle during braking.
ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ããšã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®äžéšã§ãã£ãŠãå¶å
äžã® 1 ã€ä»¥äžã®è»èŒªã®å転æ¹åã®æ»ãã®çšåºŠããèªåçã«å¶åŸ¡ããè£ çœ®ãã
ãã
2.2.
"Sensor" means a component designed to identify and transmit to the controller the
conditions of rotation of the wheel(s) or the dynamic conditions of the vehicle.
2.2.
ãã»ã³ãµããšã¯ãè»èŒªã®å転ç¶æ³åã¯è»äž¡ã®éåç¶æ ãæ€ç¥ããå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ãž
äŒéããè£ çœ®ãããã
2.3.
"Controller" means a component designed to evaluate the data transmitted by the
sensor(s) and to transmit a signal to the modulator.
2.3.
ãå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ããšã¯ãã»ã³ãµããäŒéãããããŒã¿ãè©äŸ¡ããã¢ãžã¥ã¬ãŒã¿ãž
ä¿¡å·ãäŒéããè£ çœ®ãããã
2.4.
"Modulator" means a component designed to vary the braking force(s) in accordance
with the signal received from the controller.
2.4.
ãã¢ãžã¥ã¬ãŒã¿ããšã¯ãå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ããã®ä¿¡å·ã«åŸã£ãŠå¶ååã調ç¯ããè£ çœ®
ãããã
2.5.
"Directly controlled wheel" means a wheel whose braking force is modulated
according to data provided at least by its own sensor1. 1 Anti-lock systems with select-high control are deemed to include both directly and
indirectly controlled wheels; in systems with select-low control, all sensed wheels are
deemed to be directly controlled wheels.
2.5.
ãçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªããšã¯ãå°ãªããšãåœè©²ã»ã³ãµããã®ããŒã¿ã«åŸã£ãŠå¶åå
ã®èª¿ç¯ãåããè»èŒªããã1ã 1 ã»ã¬ã¯ããã€å¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ä»ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã¯ãçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»
茪åã³éæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªã®äž¡æ¹ãå«ããã®ãšã¿ãªããããã»ã¬ã¯ãããŒå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮
ä»ãã·ã¹ãã ã§ã¯ãã»ã³ãµãæããè»èŒªã¯ãã¹ãŠçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªãšã¿ãªãããã
2.6.
"Indirectly controlled wheel" means a wheel whose braking force is modulated
according to data provided by the sensor(s) of other wheel(s)1. 1 Anti-lock systems with select-high control are deemed to include both directly and
indirectly controlled wheels; in systems with select-low control, all sensed wheels are
deemed to be directly controlled wheels.
2.6.
ãéæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªããšã¯ãåœè©²è»èŒªä»¥å€ã®è»èŒªã®ã»ã³ãµããã®ããŒã¿ã«åŸã£ãŠ
å¶ååã®èª¿ç¯ãåããè»èŒªããã1ã 1 ã»ã¬ã¯ããã€å¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ä»ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã¯ãçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»
茪åã³éæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªã®äž¡æ¹ãå«ããã®ãšã¿ãªããããã»ã¬ã¯ãããŒå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮
ä»ãã·ã¹ãã ã§ã¯ãã»ã³ãµãæããè»èŒªã¯ãã¹ãŠçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªãšã¿ãªãããã
2.7.
"Full cycling" means that the anti-lock system is repeatedly modulating the brake
2.7.
ããã«ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ããšã¯ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ããçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) force to prevent the directly controlled wheels from locking. Brake applications where
modulation only occurs once during the stop shall not be considered to meet this
definition.
茪ã®ããã¯ãé²æ¢ããããå¶ååãç¹°ãè¿ã調ç¯ããŠããç¶æ ãããããã
ããè»äž¡ãåæ¢ãããŸã§ã®éã«å¶ååã®èª¿ç¯ãïŒåããè¡ãããªãå Žåã¯ã
æ¬å®çŸ©ãæºãããšã¯ã¿ãªããªããã®ãšããã
3. Types of anti-lock systems 3. ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã®çš®é¡
3.1.
A vehicle is deemed to be equipped with an anti-lock system within the meaning of
paragraph 1. of Annex 5 to this Regulation, if one of the following systems is fitted:
3.1.
è»äž¡ã¯ãäžèšã®ã·ã¹ãã ã®ãã¡ 1 ã€ãè£ åãããŠããå Žåã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå
5 ã® 1 é ã«èŠå®ãããã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããŠãããšã¿ãª
ãããã
3.1.1.
Category 1 anti-lock system
A vehicle equipped with a category 1 anti-lock system shall meet all the requirements
of this annex.
3.1.1.
第1çš®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã
第 1 çš®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã¯ãæ¬éåã®ãã¹ãŠã®
èŠä»¶ãæºãããã®ãšããã
3.1.2.
Category 2 anti-lock system
A vehicle equipped with a category 2 anti-lock system shall meet all the requirements
of this annex, except those of paragraph 5.3.5.
3.1.2.
第2çš®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã
第 2 çš®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã¯ã5.3.5 é ã®èŠä»¶ãé€
ããæ¬éåã®ãã¹ãŠã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããã®ãšããã
3.1.3.
Category 3 anti-lock system
A vehicle equipped with a category 3 anti-lock system shall meet all the requirements
of this annex, except those of paragraphs 5.3.4. and 5.3.5. On such vehicles, any
individual axle which does not include at least one directly controlled wheel must
fulfil the conditions of adhesion utilization and the wheel-locking sequence of Annex
5 to this Regulation, instead of the adhesion utilization requirements prescribed in
paragraph 5.2. of this annex. However, if the relative positions of the adhesion
utilization curves do not meet the requirements of paragraph 3.1. of Annex 5 to this
Regulation, a check shall be made to ensure that the wheels on at least one of the rear
3.1.3.
第3çš®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã
第3çš®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã¯ã5.3.4é åã³5.3.5é ã®
èŠä»¶ãé€ããæ¬éåã®ãã¹ãŠã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããã®ãšããããããè»äž¡ã«ãã
ãŠã¯ãå°ãªããšã1ã€ã®çŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªãå«ãŸãªãåã ã®è»è»žã¯ãã¹ãŠãæ¬éå
ã®5.2é ã«èŠå®ããç²çåå©çšèŠä»¶ã®ä»£ããã«ãæ¬èŠåã®éå5ã®ç²çåå©çš
æ¡ä»¶åã³è»èŒªããã¯é åºãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãããã ããç²çåå©çšæ²
ç·ã®çžå¯Ÿäœçœ®ãæ¬èŠåã®éå5ã®3.1é ã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããªãå Žåã¯ãå°ãªããš
ã1ã€ã®åŸè»žã®è»èŒªããå軞ã®è»èŒªããå ã«ããã¯ããªãããšã確èªããã
ããããããã®å¶åçåã³è·éã«ã€ããŠãæ¬èŠåãéå5ã®3.1é ã«èŠå®ãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) axles do not lock before those of the front axle or axles under the conditions
prescribed in paragraph 3.1. of Annex 5 to this Regulation, with regard to the braking
rate and the load respectively. These requirements may be checked on high- and
low-adhesion road surfaces (about 0.8 and 0.3 maximum) by modulating the service
braking control force.
æ¡ä»¶ã®äžã§ç¢ºèªããããã®ãšããããããã®èŠä»¶ã¯ãé«ç²çè·¯é¢åã³äœç²ç
è·¯é¢ïŒããããæ倧çŽ0.8åã³0.3ïŒã«ãããŠãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æäœåã調ç¯ãã
ããšã«ãã£ãŠç¢ºèªããããšãã§ããã
4. General requirements 4. äžè¬èŠä»¶
4.1.
Any electrical failure or sensor anomaly that affects the system with respect to the
functional and performance requirements in this annex, including those in the supply
of electricity, the external wiring to the controller(s), the controller(s)2 and the
modulator(s) shall be signalled to the driver by a specific optical warning signal. The
yellow warning signal specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.2. of this Regulation shall be
used for this purpose. 2 The manufacturer shall provide the Technical Service with documentation relating to
the controller(s) which follows the format set out in Annex 8.
4.1.
é»æºãå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ãžã®å€éšé ç·ãå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮2åã³ã¢ãžã¥ã¬ãŒã¿ã®æ éãå«ããæ¬
éåã®æ©èœåã³æ§èœèŠä»¶ã«é¢ããŠãã·ã¹ãã ã«åœ±é¿ããé»æ°çæ éåã¯ã»ã³
ãµã®ç°åžžã¯ãç¹å®ã®å åŠèŠåä¿¡å·ã§é転è ã«è¡šç€ºãããã®ãšãããæ¬èŠåã®
5.2.21.1.2é ã«èšããé»è²ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ãæ¬ç®çã®ããã«çšãããã®ãšããã
2 ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ãéå 8 ã«èšèŒããæžåŒã«åŸããå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ã«é¢ããæžé¢ãæè¡
æ©é¢ã«æåºãããã®ãšããã
4.1.1.
Sensor anomalies, which cannot be detected under static conditions, shall be detected
not later than when the vehicle speed exceed 10 km/h3. However, to prevent erroneous
fault indication when a sensor is not generating a vehicle speed output, due to
non-rotation of a wheel, verification may be delayed but detected not later than when
the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h. 3 The warning signal may light up again while the vehicle is stationary, provided that
it is extinguished before the vehicle speed reaches 10 km/h or 15 km/h, as appropriate,
when no defect is present.
4.1.1.
éæ¢ç¶æ ã«ãããŠæ€åºããããšã®ã§ããªãã»ã³ãµã®ç°åžžã¯ãè»éã10 km/h
ãè¶ ããåã«æ€åºããããã®ãšãã3ããã ããè»èŒªãå転ããŠããªãããšã«
ãããã»ã³ãµãè»äž¡ã®é床åºåãçºçãããŠããªããšãã«èª€ã£ãæ é衚瀺ã
é²ããããæ€åºã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãé ãããããšã¯ã§ããããè»éã15 km/hãè¶
ãããšããŸã§ã«ã¯æ€åºãããã®ãšããã 3 èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã¯ãè»äž¡ãåæ¢ããŠããéã«åã³ç¹ç¯ããŠãããããã ããæ é
ãç¡ãå Žåã«ã¯ãè»éã 10 km/h å㯠15 km/h ã®ãã¡é©åãªæ¹ã«éããåã«
æ¶ç¯ãããã®ãšããã
4.1.2.
When the anti-lock braking system is energized with the vehicle stationary,
4.1.2.
è»äž¡ãåæ¢ããŠãããšãã« ABS ã«é»å§ãå ãã£ãå Žåãé»æ°å¶åŸ¡ããã空æ°
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) electrically controlled pneumatic modulator valve(s) shall cycle at least once. å§åŒã¢ãžã¥ã¬ãŒã¿ã®ãã«ãã¯ãå°ãªããšã 1 åãµã€ã¯ã«äœåãããã®ãšããã
4.2.
In the event of a single electrical functional failure which only affects the anti-lock
function, as indicated by the above-mentioned yellow warning signal, the subsequent
service braking performance must not be less than 80 per cent of the prescribed
performance according to the Type-0 test with the engine disconnected. This
corresponds to a stopping distance of 0.1 v + 0.0075 v2 (m) and a mean fully
developed deceleration of 5.15 m/s2.
4.2.
äžèšã®é»è²ã®èŠå ±ä¿¡å·ã«ãã£ãŠç€ºããããABSæ©èœã«ã®ã¿åœ±é¿ãã1ã€ã®é»æ°
çãªæ éãçãããšãããã®åŸã®äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã®æ§èœã¯ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ããã
åã£ãã¿ã€ã-0è©Šéšã«ããæ§èœèŠä»¶ã®80%以äžã§ãªããã°ãªããªããããã¯ã
åæ¢è·é¢ã¯0.1 v+0.0075 v2 (m)åã³å¹³å飜åæžé床5.15 m/s2ãšããã
4.3.
The operation of the anti-lock system shall not be adversely affected by magnetic or
electrical fields. This shall be demonstrated by compliance with Regulation No. 10, as
required by paragraph 5.1.1.4 of the Regulation..
4.3.
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã®åäœã¯ãç£çãŸãã¯é»çã«ãã£ãŠæªåœ±é¿ãåããªã
ãã®ãšãããæ¬èŠå 5.1.1.4 é ã«èŠå®ãããèŠå No. 10 ãžã®é©åã«ãã£ãŠãã
ããå®èšŒããããã®ãšããã
4.4.
A manual device may not be provided to disconnect or change the control mode5 of
the anti-lock system. 5 It is understood that devices changing the control mode of the anti-lock system are
not subject to paragraph 4.4. if in the changed control mode condition all requirements
to the category of anti-lock systems, with which the vehicle is equipped, are fulfilled.
4.4.
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãäœåäžèœãšãããããåã¯å¶åŸ¡ã¢ãŒããå€
ãã5ããã®æåè£ çœ®ãåããããšã¯ã§ããªãã 5 ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã®å¶åŸ¡ã¢ãŒããå€ããè£ çœ®ã¯ãå€æŽåŸã®å¶
埡ã¢ãŒãã®ç¶æ ã§ãåœè©²è»äž¡ã«è£ åãããã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã®
該åœçš®é¡ã«ä¿ããã¹ãŠã®èŠä»¶ãæºãããããªãã°ã4.4é ã«è©²åœããªããã®ãš
ããã
5. Special provisions 5. ç¹å¥èŠå®
5.1.
Energy consumption
Vehicles equipped with anti-lock systems must maintain their performance when the
service braking control device is fully applied for long periods. Compliance with this
requirement shall be verified by means of the following tests:
5.1.
ãšãã«ã®ãŒæ¶è²»
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã¯ãäž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãé·æéäœå
ããåŸã«ãããŠãããã®æ§èœãç¶æããªããã°ãªããªããæ¬èŠä»¶ãžã®é©åæ§
ã¯ãäžèšã®è©Šéšã§èšŒæãããã®ãšããïŒ
5.1.1. 5.1.1.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Test procedure è©Šéšæé
5.1.1.1.
The initial energy level in the energy storage device(s) shall be that specified by the
manufacturer. This level shall be at least such as to ensure the efficiency prescribed
for service braking when the vehicle is laden. The energy storage device(s) for
pneumatic auxiliary equipment must be isolated.
5.1.1.1.
ãšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮å ã®åæãšãã«ã®ãŒæ°Žæºã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ãããã®ãš
ããããã®å€ã¯å°ãªããšããç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã®äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã«å¯ŸããŠãã®å¹å
ã確ä¿ãããã®ãšããã空æ°å§åŒã®å€éšè£ 眮ã«å¯Ÿãããšãã«ã®ãŒèç©è£ 眮ã¯ã
åãé¢ããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.1.1.2.
From an initial speed of not less than 50 km/h, on a surface with a coefficient of
adhesion of 0.36 or less, the brakes of the laden vehicle shall be fully applied for a
time t, during which time the energy consumed by the indirectly controlled wheels
shall be taken into consideration and all directly controlled wheels must remain under
control of the anti-lock system. 6 Until such test surfaces become generally available, tyres at the limit of wear, and
higher values up to 0.4 may be used at the discretion of the Technical Service. The
actual value obtained and the type of tyres and surface shall be recorded.
5.1.1.2.
ç²çä¿æ°ã0.36以äžã®è·¯é¢äžã§ã50 km/h以äžã®åé床ãããç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡
ã®äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ããäžå®æéïŒtïŒæ倧ã®æäœåã§æäœãããšãããã®éã®éæ¥
å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªãæ¶è²»ãããšãã«ã®ãŒãèæ ®ããçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªã¯ããã¹ãŠã¢ã³ãã
ãã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã«ããå¶åŸ¡ãè¡ãããªããã°ãªããªãã
6 ãã®ãããªè©Šéšè·¯é¢ãäžè¬çã«å©çšã§ããããã«ãªããŸã§ãæè¡æ©é¢ã®è£
éã«ããã0.4ãŸã§ã®ããé«ãç²çä¿æ°ã®æ©èéçã®ã¿ã€ã€ã䜿çšããŠãã
ããåŸãããå®éã®æ°å€ãã¿ã€ã€ã®ååŒåã³è·¯é¢ç¶æ ãèšé²ãããã®ãšããã
5.1.1.3.
The vehicle's engine shall then be stopped or the supply to the energy transmission
storage device(s) cut off.
5.1.1.3.
ãã®åŸãè»äž¡ã®ãšã³ãžã³ãåæ¢ããããåã¯ãšãã«ã®ãŒäŒéè£ çœ®ã®èç©è£ 眮
ãžã®äŸçµŠãé®æãããã®ãšããã
5.1.1.4.
The service braking control shall then be fully actuated four times in succession with
the vehicle stationary.
5.1.1.4.
ãã®åŸãè»äž¡ãåæ¢ãããç¶æ ã§äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ã 4 åé£ç¶ããŠæ倧ã®æäœåã§
æäœãããã®ãšããã
5.1.1.5.
When the brakes are applied for the fifth time, it must be possible to brake the vehicle
with at least the performance prescribed for secondary braking of the laden vehicle.
5.1.1.5.
5 åç®ã«äž»å¶åè£ çœ®ãæäœãããšããå°ãªããšãç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã®è£å©å¶å
è£ çœ®ã«ã€ããŠèŠå®ãããæ§èœã§ãè»äž¡ãå¶åããããšãã§ããªããã°ãªããª
ãã
5.1.2. 5.1.2.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Additional requirements è¿œå èŠä»¶
5.1.2.1.
The coefficient of adhesion of the road surface shall be measured with the vehicle
under test, by the method described in paragraph 1.1. of Appendix 2 to this annex.
5.1.2.1.
è·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã¯ãæ¬éåãä»é² 2 ã® 1.1 é ã«èŠå®ããæ¹æ³ã«ãããè©Šéšè»
äž¡ãçšããŠæž¬å®ãããã®ãšããã
5.1.2.2.
The braking test shall be conducted with the engine disconnected and idling, and with
the vehicle laden.
5.1.2.2.
å¶åè©Šéšã¯ãç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã§ããšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåããå€éæ©ã®å€éäœ
眮ãäžç«ã«ããŠè¡ããã®ãšããã
5.1.2.3.
The braking time t shall be determined by the formula:
5.1.2.3.
å¶åæétã¯ã次åŒã§æ±ºå®ããã
(but not less than 15 seconds)
where t is expressed in seconds and vmax represents the maximum design speed of the
vehicle expressed in km/h, with an upper limit of 160 km/h.
ïŒãã ãã15ç§ä»¥äžïŒ
ããã§ãt ã¯ç§ã§è¡šããvmax ã¯è»äž¡ã®æé«èšèšé床㧠km/h ã§è¡šãããã®äžé
㯠160 km/h ã§ããã
5.1.2.4.
If the time t cannot be completed in a single braking phase, further phases may be
used, up to a maximum of four in all.
5.1.2.4.
1 åã®å¶åã§æé t ã«éããªãå Žåãæ倧 4 åãŸã§ã®åèšæéãšããŠãããã
5.1.2.5.
If the test is conducted in several phases, no fresh energy shall be supplied between
the phases of the test.
From the second phase, the energy consumption corresponding to the initial brake
application may be taken into account, by subtracting one full brake application from
the four full applications prescribed in paragraph 5.1.1.4. (and 5.1.1.5. and 5.1.2.6.) of
this annex for each of the second, third and fourth phases used in the test prescribed in
paragraph 5.1.1. of this annex as applicable.
5.1.2.5.
è©Šéšãè€æ°åå®æœããå Žåãè©Šéšã®éã¯æ°ãã«ãšãã«ã®ãŒãäŸçµŠããŠã¯ãªã
ãªãã
第2åç®ã®è©Šéšãããåæå¶åæäœã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããšãã«ã®ãŒæ¶è²»ãèæ ®ããŠãæ¬
éåã®5.1.1é ã«èŠå®ããè©Šéšã®ç¬¬2ã第3åã³ç¬¬4åç®ã«ãããŠã¯ãããããæ¬
éåã®5.1.1.4é ïŒåã³5.1.1.5é ã5.1.2.6é ïŒã«èŠå®ãã4åã®å®å šæäœããã1
åã®æäœãæžããããšãã§ããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.1.2.6.
The performance prescribed in paragraph 5.1.1.5. of this annex shall be deemed to be
satisfied if, at the end of the fourth application, with the vehicle stationary, the energy
level in the storage device(s) is at or above that required for secondary braking with
the laden vehicle.
5.1.2.6.
è»äž¡ãåæ¢ãããŠç¬¬4åç®ã®æäœãçµäºãããšããèç©è£ 眮å ã®ãšãã«ã®ãŒæ°Ž
æºããç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã®è£å©å¶åè£ çœ®ã®èŠæ±ãããæ°Žæºä»¥äžã§ããã°ãæ¬é
åã®5.1.1.5é ã«èŠå®ããæ§èœã¯æºãããããã®ãšã¿ãªãã
5.2.
Utilization of adhesion
5.2.
ç²çåã®å©çš
5.2.1.
The utilization of adhesion by the anti-lock system takes into account the actual
increase in braking distance beyond the theoretical minimum. The anti-lock system
shall be deemed to be satisfactory when the condition epsilon > 0.75 is satisfied,
where epsilon represents the adhesion utilized, as defined in paragraph 1.2. of
Appendix 2 to this annex.
5.2.1.
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã«ããç²çåã®å©çšã§ã¯ãå¶åè·é¢ãçè«æ
å°å€ãããé·ããªãããšãèæ ®ãããã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã¯ãε â§
0.75ã§ããã°ãæºãããããã®ãšã¿ãªãããã ããεã¯ãæ¬éåãéå2ã®1.2
é ã«å®çŸ©ãããç²çåå©çšçãè¡šãã
5.2.2.
The adhesion utilization epsilon shall be measured on road surfaces with a coefficient
of adhesion of 0.36 or less, and of about 0.8 (dry road), with an initial speed of 50
km/h. To eliminate the effects of differential brake temperatures it is recommended
that zAL be determined prior to the determination of k. 6 Until such test surfaces become generally available, tyres at the limit of wear, and
higher values up to 0.4 may be used at the discretion of the Technical Service. The
actual value obtained and the type of tyres and surface shall be recorded.
5.2.2.
ç²çåå©çšçεã¯ãç²çä¿æ°ã0.36以äžãåã³çŽ0.8ã®è·¯é¢ïŒä¹Ÿç¥è·¯ïŒäžã§ãå
é床50 km/hã®æ¡ä»¶ã§æž¬å®ãããã®ãšããããã¬ãŒã枩床ã®åå·®ã®åœ±é¿ãç¡ã
ããããç²çä¿æ°kã決å®ããåã«å¶åçzALã決å®ããããšãæãŸããã 6 ãã®ãããªè©Šéšè·¯é¢ãäžè¬çã«å©çšã§ããããã«ãªããŸã§ãæè¡æ©é¢ã®è£
éã«ããã0.4ãŸã§ã®ããé«ãç²çåå©çšä¿æ°ã®æ©èéçã®ã¿ã€ã€ã䜿çšããŠ
ããããåŸãããå®éã®æ°å€ãã¿ã€ã€ã®ååŒåã³è·¯é¢ç¶æ ãèšé²ãããã®ãš
ããã
5.2.3.
The test procedure to determine the coefficient of adhesion (k) and the formulae for
calculation of the adhesion utilization (epsilon) shall be those laid down in Appendix
2 to this annex.
5.2.3.
ç²çä¿æ°ïŒkïŒåã³ç²çåå©çšçïŒÎµïŒã®èšç®åŒã決å®ããè©Šéšæé ã¯ãæ¬é
åã®ä»é² 2 ã«èŠå®ããéããšããã
5.2.4. 5.2.4.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) The utilization of adhesion by the anti-lock system shall be checked on complete
vehicles equipped with anti-lock systems of categories 1 or 2. In the case of vehicles
equipped with category 3 anti-lock systems, only the axle(s) with at least one directly
controlled wheel must satisfy this requirement.
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã«ããç²çåå©çšçã¯ã第1çš®åã¯ç¬¬2çš®ã®ã¢
ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããå®å šãªè»äž¡ã§ç¢ºèªãããã®ãšããã
第3çš®ã®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåã¯ãå°ãªããšã
1ã€ã®çŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªããã€è»è»žã®ã¿ãæ¬èŠä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãã
5.2.5.
The condition epsilon > 0.75 shall be checked with the vehicle both laden and
unladen7. 7 Until a uniform test procedure is established, the tests required by this paragraph
may have to be repeated for vehicles equipped with electrical regenerative braking
systems, in order to determine the effect of different braking distribution values
provided by automatic functions on the vehicle.
The laden test on the high adhesion surface may be omitted if the prescribed force on
the control device does not achieve full cycling of the anti-lock system.
For the unladen test, the control force may be increased up to 100 daN if no cycling is
achieved with its full force value8. If 100 daN is insufficient to make the system cycle,
then this test may be omitted. 8 "Full force" means the maximum force laid down in Annex 3 to this Regulation; a
higher force may be used if required to activate the anti-lock system.
5.2.5.
ε ⧠0.75ã®æ¡ä»¶ã¯ãç©èŒç¶æ åã³éç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã§ç¢ºèªãããã®ãšãã7ã 7 çµ±äžãããè©Šéšæé ã確ç«ããããŸã§ã®éãæ¬é ã§èŠæ±ãããè©Šéšã¯ãè»
äž¡ã®èªåå¶åŸ¡æ©èœããããããç°ãªãå¶åé åå€ã®åœ±é¿ã確å®ããããã«ã
é»æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã«ãããŠãæ¬èŠå®ã«åºã¥ãèŠæ±ããè©Šéš
ãç¹°ãè¿ãè¡ã£ãŠãããã
å¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ã«èŠå®ã®åããããŠABSã®ãã«ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ãéæããªãå Žåã¯ã
é«ç²çåè·¯é¢ã§ã®ç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡è©Šéšãçç¥ããããšãã§ããã
éç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡è©Šéšã«ã€ããŠã¯ãå šå¶åå€ã§ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ãéæãããªã
å Žåã100 daNãŸã§æäœåãå¢å ããããšãã§ãã8ãã·ã¹ãã ããµã€ã¯ãªã³
ã°ããããã«100 daNã§ã¯äžååãªå Žåãæ¬è©Šéšã¯çç¥ããããšãã§ããã 8 ãå šå¶åããšã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå 3 ã«èŠå®ããæ倧ã®åãäžããå¶åãããã
ABS ãäœåãããããã«å¿ èŠãªãã°ãããã«å€§ããªåãäžããŠãããã
5.3.
Additional checks
The following additional checks shall be carried out with the engine disconnected,
with the vehicle laden and unladen:
5.3.
è¿œå æ€æ»
ãšã³ãžã³ã¯ã©ãããåããç©èŒç¶æ åã³éç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã®æ¡ä»¶ã§ãäžèšã®
è¿œå æ€æ»ãå®æœãããã®ãšããã
5.3.1.
The wheels directly controlled by an anti-lock system must not lock when the full
force8 is suddenly applied on the control device, on the road surfaces specified in
paragraph 5.2.2. of this annex, at an initial speed of v = 40 km/h and at a high initial
5.3.1.
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ã§çŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡ãããè»èŒªã¯ãæ¬éåã®5.2.2é ã«
èŠå®ãããè·¯é¢äžã§ãåé床vïŒ 40 km/håã³é«åé床vïŒ 0.8 vmax ⊠120
km/h 9ã®æ¡ä»¶ã§å šå¶å8ãæ¥æ¿ã«å¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ã«ããããšããããã¯ããŠã¯ãªããª
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) speed v = 0.8 vmax < 120 km/h9; 8 "Full force" means the maximum force laid down in Annex 3 to this Regulation; a
higher force may be used if required to activate the anti-lock system. 9 The purpose of these tests is to check that the wheels do not lock and that the vehicle
remains stable; it is not necessary, therefore, to make complete stops and bring the
vehicle to a halt on the low-adhesion surface.
ãã 8 ãå šå¶åããšã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã«èŠå®ããæ倧ã®åãäžããå¶åãããã
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãäœåãããããã«å¿ èŠãªãã°ãããã«å€§ã
ãªåãäžããŠãããã 9 ãããã®è©Šéšã®ç®çã¯ãè»èŒªãããã¯ããªãããšåã³è»äž¡ãå®å®ããŠãã
ããšãæ€æ»ããããšã§ãããåŸã£ãŠãäœç²çè·¯é¢ã§è»äž¡ãå®å šåæ¢ãããã
åã³æ¥åæ¢ãããå¿ èŠã¯ãªãã
5.3.2.
When an axle passes from a high-adhesion surface (kH) to a low-adhesion surface
(kL), where kH > 0.5 and kH / kL > 210, with the full force8 applied on the control
device, the directly controlled wheels must not lock. The running speed and the
instant of applying the brakes shall be so calculated that, with the anti-lock system
fully cycling on the high-adhesion surface, the passage from one surface to the other is
made at high and at low speed, under the conditions laid down in paragraph 5.3.1.9; 10 kH is the high-adhesion surface coefficient
kL is the low-adhesion surface coefficient
kH and kL are measured as laid down in Appendix 2 to this annex. 8 "Full force" means the maximum force laid down in Annex 3 to this Regulation; a
higher force may be used if required to activate the anti-lock system. 9 The purpose of these tests is to check that the wheels do not lock and that the vehicle
remains stable; it is not necessary, therefore, to make complete stops and bring the
vehicle to a halt on the low-adhesion surface.
5.3.2.
çŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªã¯ãkH ⧠0.5ãkH/kL⧠210ã§ãå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ã«å šå¶å8ããããŠãè»
軞ãé«ç²çè·¯é¢ïŒkHïŒããäœç²çè·¯é¢ïŒkLïŒãžééãããšããããã¯ããŠã¯
ãªããªããèµ°è¡é床åã³å¶åããããææã¯ã5.3.1é ã«èŠå®ãããæ¡ä»¶äžã§ã
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãé«ç²çè·¯é¢äžã§ãã«ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ããäžæ¹
ã®è·¯é¢ããä»æ¹ã®è·¯é¢ãžé«é床åã³äœé床ã§ãããããééããããã«èšç®
ãããã®ãšãã9ã 10 kHã¯ãé«ç²çè·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã§ããã
kLã¯ãäœç²çè·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã§ããã
kHåã³kLã¯ãæ¬éåã®ä»é²2ã«èŠå®ãããæ¹æ³ã§æž¬å®ããã 8 ãå šå¶åããšã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã«èŠå®ããæ倧ã®åãäžããå¶åãããã
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãäœåãããããã«å¿ èŠãªãã°ãããã«å€§ã
ãªåãäžããŠãããã 9 ãããã®è©Šéšã®ç®çã¯ãè»èŒªãããã¯ããªãããšåã³è»äž¡ãå®å®ããŠãã
ããšãæ€æ»ããããšã§ãããåŸã£ãŠãäœç²çè·¯é¢ã§è»äž¡ãå®å šåæ¢ãããã
åã³æ¥åæ¢ãããå¿ èŠã¯ãªãã
5.3.3.
When a vehicle passes from a low-adhesion surface (kL) to a high-adhesion surface
(kH) where kH > 0.5 and kH / kL > 210, with the full force8 applied on the control
5.3.3.
è»äž¡æžé床ã¯ãkH ⧠0.5ãkH/kL ⧠210ã§ãå¶åŸ¡è£ 眮ã«äœåããå šå¶å8ãã
ããŠãè»è»žãäœç²çè·¯é¢ïŒkLïŒããé«ç²çè·¯é¢ïŒkHïŒãžééãããšãã劥åœ
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) device, the deceleration of the vehicle must rise to the appropriate high value within a
reasonable time and the vehicle must not deviate from its initial course. The running
speed and the instant of applying the brake shall be so calculated that, with the
anti-lock system fully cycling on the low-adhesion surface, the passage from one
surface to the other occurs at approximately 50 km/h; 10 kH is the high-adhesion surface coefficient
kL is the low-adhesion surface coefficient
kH and kL are measured as laid down in Appendix 2 to this annex. 8 "Full force" means the maximum force laid down in Annex 3 to this Regulation; a
higher force may be used if required to activate the anti-lock system.
ãªæéå ã§ååé«ãå€ãŸã§äžæããªããã°ãªããããã€ãè»äž¡ã¯ãåœåã®é²
è¡æ¹åããéžè±ããŠã¯ãªããªããèµ°è¡é床åã³å¶åããããææã¯ãã¢ã³ã
ããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãäœç²çè·¯é¢äžã§ãã«ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ããäžæ¹ã®è·¯é¢
ããä»æ¹ã®è·¯é¢ãžçŽ50 km/hã§ééããããã«èšç®ãããã®ãšããã 10 kHã¯ãé«ç²çè·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã§ããã
kLã¯ãäœç²çè·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã§ããã
kHåã³kLã¯ãæ¬éåã®ä»é²2ã«èŠå®ãããæ¹æ³ã§æž¬å®ããã 8 ãå šå¶åããšã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã«èŠå®ããæ倧ã®åãäžããå¶åãããã
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãäœåãããããã«å¿ èŠãªãã°ãããã«å€§ã
ãªåãäžããŠãããã
5.3.4.
The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply to vehicles equipped with anti-lock
systems of categories 1 or 2. When the right and left wheels of the vehicle are situated
on surfaces with differing coefficients of adhesion (kH and kL), where kH > 0.5 and kH
/ kL > 210, the directly controlled wheels must not lock when the full force8/ is
suddenly applied on the control device at a speed of 50 km/h; 10 kH is the high-adhesion surface coefficient
kL is the low-adhesion surface coefficient
kH and kL are measured as laid down in Appendix 2 to this annex. 8 "Full force" means the maximum force laid down in Annex 3 to this Regulation; a
higher force may be used if required to activate the anti-lock system.
5.3.4.
æ¬é ã®èŠå®ã¯ã第1çš®åã¯ç¬¬2çš®ã®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åãã
è»äž¡ã«ã®ã¿é©çšããããã®ãšãããè»äž¡ã®å³è»èŒªåã³å·Šè»èŒªããç°ãªãç²ç
ä¿æ°ïŒkHåã³kLïŒã®è·¯é¢äžã«ãã£ãŠãé床50 km/hã§å šå¶å8/ãæ¥æ¿ã«å¶åŸ¡è£
眮ã«ããããšããkH â§0.5ãkH/kLâ§210ã§ãçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªãããã¯ããŠã¯ãªã
ãªãã 10 kHã¯ãé«ç²çè·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã§ããã
kLã¯ãäœç²çè·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã§ããã
kHåã³kLã¯ãæ¬éåã®ä»é²2ã«èŠå®ãããæ¹æ³ã§æž¬å®ããã 8 ãå šå¶åããšã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã«èŠå®ããæ倧ã®åãäžããå¶åãããã
ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãäœåãããããã«å¿ èŠãªãã°ãããã«å€§ã
ãªåãäžããŠãããã
5.3.5.
Furthermore, laden vehicles equipped with anti-lock systems of category 1 shall,
under the conditions of paragraph 5.3.4. of this annex satisfy the prescribed braking
rate in Appendix 3 to this annex;
5.3.5.
ããã«ã第 1 皮㮠ABS ãè£ åããç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã¯ãæ¬éåã® 5.3.4 é ã®æ¡
件äžã§ãæ¬éåã®ä»é² 3 ã«èŠå®ããå¶åçãæºãããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 5.3.6.
However, in the tests provided in paragraphs 5.3.1., 5.3.2., 5.3.3., 5.3.4. and 5.3.5. of
this annex, brief periods of wheel-locking shall be allowed. Furthermore,
wheel-locking is permitted when the vehicle speed is less than 15 km/h; likewise,
locking of indirectly controlled wheels is permitted at any speed, but stability and
steerability must not be affected and the vehicle must not exceed a yaw angle of 15
degrees or deviate from a 3.5 m wide lane;
5.3.6.
ãã ããæ¬éåã®5.3.1é ã5.3.2é ã5.3.3é ã5.3.4é åã³5.3.5é ã«èŠå®ããã
è©Šéšã§ã¯ãçæéã®è»èŒªããã¯ã¯èš±å®¹ããããããã«ãè»éã15 km/hæªæºã®
ãšããè»èŒªããã¯ã蚱容ããããåæ§ã«ãéæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªã®ããã¯ããã¹ãŠã®
é床ã§èš±å®¹ããããããããå®å®æ§åã³æèµæ§ã«åœ±é¿ãåãŒããŠã¯ãªããã
è»äž¡ã¯ããšãŒè§ã15°ãè¶ ããåã¯å¹ 3.5 mã®è»ç·ããéžè±ããŠã¯ãªããªãã
5.3.7.
During the tests provided in paragraphs 5.3.4. and 5.3.5. of this annex, steering
correction is permitted, if the angular rotation of the steering control is within 120
degrees during the initial 2 seconds, and not more than 240 degrees in all.
Furthermore, at the beginning of these tests the longitudinal median plane of the
vehicle must pass over the boundary between the high- and low-adhesion surfaces and
during these tests no part of the outer tyres must cross this boundary7. 7 Until a uniform test procedure is established, the tests required by this paragraph
may have to be repeated for vehicles equipped with electrical regenerative braking
systems, in order to determine the effect of different braking distribution values
provided by automatic functions on the vehicle.
5.3.7.
æ¬éåã®5.3.4é åã³5.3.5é ã«èŠå®ãããè©Šéšã«ãããŠãããåãã³ãã«ã®æ
èµè§åºŠãæåã®2ç§éã§120°以å ããã€ãåžžã«240°以å ã§ããã°ãã¹ãã¢ãªã³
ã°è£æ£ã蚱容ãããããã«ããããã®è©Šéšã®éå§æã«ãè»äž¡ã®äžå€®çžŠæé¢ã
é«ç²çè·¯é¢åã³äœç²çè·¯é¢ã®å¢çç·äžãééãããã€ããããã®è©Šéšã®éã
ã¿ã€ã€ã®å€åŽã®ãããªãéšåããã®å¢çç·ãšäº€ãã£ãŠã¯ãªããªã7ã 7 çµ±äžãããè©Šéšæé ã確ç«ããããŸã§ã®éãæ¬é ã§èŠæ±ãããè©Šéšã¯ãè»
äž¡ã®èªåå¶åŸ¡æ©èœãããããç°ãªãå¶åé åå€ã®åœ±é¿ã確å®ããããã«ãé»
æ°åŒåçå¶åè£ çœ®ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã«ãããŠç¹°ãè¿ãè¡ã£ãŠãããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Annex 6 - Appendix 1
Symbols and definitions
éå6âä»é²1
èšå·åã³å®çŸ©
Table: Symbols and definitions Symbol Notes
E wheelbase
epsilon the adhesion utilized of the vehicle: quotient of the maximum braking rate with the anti-lock system operative (zAL) and the coefficient of adhesion (k)
epsiloni the epsilon - value measured on axle i (in the case of a motor vehicle with a category 3 anti-lock system)
epsilonH the epsilon - value on the high-adhesion surface epsilonL the epsilon - value on the low-adhesion surface F force ( N )
Fdyn normal reaction of road surface under dynamic conditions with the anti-lock system operative
Fidyn Fdyn on axle i in case of power-driven vehicles Fi normal reaction of road surface on axle i under static conditions
FM total normal static reaction of road surface on all wheels of power-driven vehicle
FMnd1 total normal static reaction of road surface on the unbraked and non-driven axles of the power-driven vehicle
FMd1 total normal static reaction of road surface on the unbraked and driven
axles of the power-driven vehicle
FWM1 0.01 FMnd + 0.015 FMd
g acceleration due to gravity (9.81 m/s2)
h height of centre of gravity specified by the manufacturer and agreed by the Technical Service conducting the approval test
k coefficient of adhesion between tyre and road kf k - factor of one front axle kH k - value determined on the high-adhesion surface
ki k - value determined on axle i for a vehicle with a category 3 anti-lock system
è¡šïŒèšå·åã³å®çŸ© èšå· 泚èš
E 軞è·
ε è»äž¡ã®ç²çåå©çšçïŒã¢ã³ãããã¯ã·ã¹ãã äœåäžã®æ倧å¶åçïŒzALïŒãç²çä¿æ°ïŒkïŒã§é€ããå
εi è»è»ž i ã§æž¬å®ãã ε å€ïŒç¬¬ 3 çš®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãåããèªåè»ã®å ŽåïŒ
εH é«ç²çè·¯é¢äžã§ã® ε å€ ÎµL äœç²çè·¯é¢äžã§ã® ε å€ F åïŒNïŒ
Fdyn ABS äœåäžã®åçæ¡ä»¶ã§ã®è·¯é¢åå
Fidyn èªåè»ã®å Žåã®è»è»ž i ã«ããã Fdyn
Fi éçæ¡ä»¶ã§ã®è»è»ž i ã«ãããè·¯é¢åå
FM èªåè»ã®ãã¹ãŠã®è»èŒªã«ãããéçç·è·¯é¢åå
FMnd 1 èªåè»ã®å¶åãããªãéé§åè»è»žã«ãããéçç·è·¯é¢åå
FMd1 èªåè»ã®å¶åãããªãé§åè»è»žã«ãããéçç·è·¯é¢åå
FWM1 0.01 FMnd + 0.015 FMd
g éåå é床ïŒ9.81 m/s2ïŒ
h ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæå®ããèªå¯è©Šéšãå®æœããæè¡æ©é¢ãåæããéå¿é«
k ã¿ã€ã€ãšè·¯é¢éã®ç²çä¿æ°
kf 1 ã€ã®å軞㮠k å å
kH é«ç²çè·¯é¢äžã§æ±ºå®ãã k å€
ki 第 3 çš®ã®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãåããè»äž¡ã®è»è»ž i ã§æ±ºå®ãã k å€
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) kL k - value determined on the low-adhesion surface klock value of adhesion for 100 per cent slip kM k - factor of the power-driven vehicle kpeak maximum value of the curve "adhesion versus slip" kr k - factor of one rear axle P mass of individual vehicle (kg) R ratio of kpeak to klock t time interval (s) tm mean value of t tmin minimum value of t z braking rate zAL braking rate z of the vehicle with the anti-lock system operative zm mean braking rate zmax maximum value of z zMALS zAL of the power-driven vehicle on a "split surface"
1 FMnd and FMd in case of two-axled motor vehicles: these symbols may be simplified to
corresponding Fi - symbols.
kL äœç²çè·¯é¢äžã§æ±ºå®ãã k å€ klock 100%ã¹ãªããã«å¯Ÿããç²çä¿æ° kM èªåè»ã® k å å kpeak ãç²çå察ã¹ãªãããæ²ç·ã®æå€§å€ kr 1 ã€ã®åŸè»žã® k å å P åã ã®è»äž¡ã®è³ªéïŒkgïŒ R klockã«å¯Ÿãã kpeakã®æ¯ t æéééïŒsïŒ tm t ã®å¹³åå€ tmin t ã®æå°å€ z å¶åç zAL ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã äœåäžã®è»äž¡ã®å¶åç z zm å¹³åå¶åç zmax z ã®æå€§å€ zMALS ãã¹ããªããè·¯é¢ãäžã§ã®èªåè»ã® zAL
1 2軞èªåè»ã®å Žåã®FMndåã³FMdïŒãããã®èšå·ã¯å¯Ÿå¿ããFièšå·ã«ç°¡çŽ åã
ãŠãããã
Annex 6 - Appendix 2
Utilization of adhesion
éå6âä»é²2
ç²çåã®å©çš
1. Method of measurement 1. 枬å®æ¹æ³
1.1.
Determination of the coefficient of adhesion (k)
1.1.
ç²çä¿æ°ïŒkïŒã®æ±ºå®
1.1.1.
The coefficient of adhesion (k) shall be determined as the quotient of the maximum
braking forces without locking the wheels and the corresponding dynamic load on the
axle being brakes.
1.1.1.
ç²çä¿æ°ïŒkïŒã¯ãè»èŒªãããã¯ããªãç¯å²ã§æ倧ãšãªãå¶ååããå¶åã
ããè»è»žã«ãããåçè·¯é¢ååã§é€ããå€ãšããŠæ±ºå®ããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 1.1.2.
The brakes shall be applied on only one axle of the vehicle under test, at an initial
speed of 50 km/h. The braking forces shall be distributed between the wheels of the
axle to reach maximum performance. The anti-lock system shall be disconnected, or
inoperative, between 40 km/h and 20 km/h.
1.1.2.
åé床50 km/hã§ãè©Šéšè»äž¡ã®1ã€ã®è»è»žã®ã¿ã«å¶åãããããã®ãšãããå¶
ååã¯ãæ倧æ§èœã«éããããã«åœè©²è»è»žã®è»èŒªã«é åããããã®ãšããã
ABSã¯ã40 km/hãã20 km/hãŸã§ã®é床ã«ãããŠãåãé¢ãããŠãããåã¯
äžäœåã®ç¶æ ãšããã
1.1.3.
A number of tests at increments of line pressure shall be carried out to determine the
maximum braking rate of the vehicle (zmax). During each test, a constant input force
shall be maintained and the braking rate will be determined by reference to the time
taken (t) for the speed to reduce from 40 km/h to 20 km/h using the formula:
zmax is the maximum value of z; t is in seconds.
1.1.3.
é 管å§åãé 次å¢å€§ããŠçžåœæ°ã®è©Šéšãå®æœããè»äž¡ã®æ倧å¶åçïŒzmaxïŒ
ã決å®ãããåè©Šéšã®éãå ¥åã¯äžå®ã«ä¿æãããã®ãšãããå¶åçã¯ãé
床ã40 km/hãã20 km/hãžã®æžéã«èŠããæéïŒtïŒãçšããŠæ¬¡åŒã«ãã決å®
ããã
zmaxã¯zã®æ倧å€ãtã®åäœã¯ç§ã§ããã
1.1.3.1.
Wheel lock may occur below 20 km/h.
1.1.3.1.
20 km/h æªæºã§ã¯è»èŒªããã¯ãçºçããŠãããã
1.1.3.2.
Starting from the minimum measured value of t, called tmin , then select three values of
t comprised within tmin and 1.05 tmin and calculate their arithmetical mean value tm ,
then calculate:
If it is demonstrated that for practical reasons the three values defined above cannot be
obtained, then the minimum time tmin may be utilized. However, the requirements of
paragraph 1.3. shall still apply.
1.1.3.2.
tã®æå°æž¬å®å€ïŒtminïŒãå«ã¿ã1.05 tminããå°ãã3ã€ã®tå€ãéžæããããã
ã®ç®è¡å¹³åå€ãtmãšããã
次ã«ã次åŒãèšç®ããã
å®éã«äžèšã§å®çŸ©ãã3ã€ã®å€ãåŸãããªãå Žåã¯ãæå°æétminãçšããŠã
ããããã ãããã®å Žåã§ã1.3é ã®èŠä»¶ã¯é©çšãããã®ãšããã
1.1.4.
The braking forces shall be calculated from the measured braking rate and the rolling
1.1.4.
å¶ååã¯ã枬å®ããå¶åçåã³éå¶åè»è»žã®è»¢ããæµæïŒããã¯é§åè»è»žå
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) resistance of the unbraked axle which is equal to 0.015 and 0.010 of the static axle load
for a driven axle and a non-driven axle, respectively.
ã³éé§åè»è»žã«å¯ŸããŠãããããéç軞éã®0.015åã³0.010ã«çããïŒãã
èšç®ããã
1.1.5.
The dynamic load on the axle shall be that given by the formulae in Annex 5 to this
Regulation.
1.1.5.
åçè·¯é¢ååã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå 5 ã®æ¹çšåŒã§æ±ãããã®ãšããã
1.1.6.
The value of k shall be rounded to three decimal places.
1.1.6.
k å€ã¯å°æ°ç¬¬ 3 äœã«äžžãããã®ãšããã
1.1.7.
Then, the test will be repeated for the other axle(s) as defined in paragraphs 1.1.1. to
1.1.6. above.
1.1.7.
ä»ã®è»è»žã«å¯ŸããŠããäžèš 1.1.1 é ãã 1.1.6 é ã«å®çŸ©ããè©Šéšãç¹°ãè¿ãã
1.1.8.
For example, in the case of a two-axle rear-wheel drive vehicle, with the front axle (1)
being braked, the coefficient of adhesion (k) is given by:
The other symbols (P, h, E) are defined in Annex 5 to this Regulation.
1.1.8.
äŸãã°ãåŸèŒª2軞é§åè»äž¡ã§å軞ïŒ1ïŒãå¶åããå Žåãç²çä¿æ°ïŒkïŒã¯æ¬¡
åŒã§æ±ããã
ä»ã®èšå·ïŒPãhãEïŒã¯æ¬èŠåã®éå5ã«å®çŸ©ããã
1.1.9.
One coefficient will be determined for the front axle kf and one for the rear axle kr.
1.1.9.
å軞ã«å¯Ÿã㊠1 ã€ã®ä¿æ° kfããåŸè»žå¯ŸããŠåãã kr ã決å®ããã
1.2.
Determination of the adhesion utilized (epsilon)
1.2.
ç²çåå©çšçïŒÎµïŒã®æ±ºå®
1.2.1.
The adhesion utilized (epsilon) is defined as the quotient of the maximum braking rate
with the anti-lock system operative (zAL) and the coefficient of adhesion (kM) i.e.,
1.2.1.
ç²çåå©çšçïŒÎµïŒã¯ãã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã äœåäžã®æ倧å¶åç
ïŒzALïŒãç²çä¿æ°ïŒkMïŒã§é€ããå€ãšããŠå®çŸ©ããããããªãã¡ã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09)
1.2.2.
From an initial vehicle speed of 55 km/h, the maximum braking rate (zAL) shall be
measured with full cycling of the anti-lock braking system and based on the average
value of three tests, as in paragraph 1.1.3. of this appendix, using the time taken for the
speed to reduce from 45 km/h to 15 km/h, according to the following formula:
1.2.2.
è»äž¡åé床55 km/hãããABSããã«ãµã€ã¯ãªã³ã°ããããšãã®æ倧å¶åç
ïŒzALïŒã¯ãæ¬ä»é²ã®1.1.3é ã«å®ããããã«3åã®è©Šéšã®å¹³åå€ã«åºã¥ããé
床ã45 km/hãã15 km/hãŸã§æžéããéã«ããã£ãæéãçšããŠã次åŒã«ã
ãèšç®ããã
1.2.3.
The coefficient of adhesion kM shall be determined by weighting with the dynamic axle
loads.
where:
1.2.3.
ç²çä¿æ°kMã¯ãåçè·¯é¢ååã§éã¿ã¥ããããŠæ±ºå®ããã
ããã§ã
1.2.4.
The value of epsilon shall be rounded to two decimal places.
1.2.4.
ε å€ã¯å°æ°ç¬¬ 2 äœã«äžžãããã®ãšããã
1.2.5.
In the case of a vehicle equipped with an anti-lock system of categories 1 or 2, the
1.2.5.
第1çš®åã¯ç¬¬2çš®ã®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å Žåã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) value of zAL will be based on the whole vehicle, with the anti-lock system in operation,
and the adhesion utilized (epsilon) is given by the same formula quoted in paragraph
1.2.1. of this appendix.
zALå€ã¯ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãäœåãããè»äž¡å šäœã«åºã¥ããã®
ã§ãããç²çåå©çšçïŒÎµïŒã¯ãæ¬ä»é²ã®1.2.1é ã«åŒçšããåãåŒã§æ±ããã
1.2.6.
In the case of a vehicle equipped with an anti-lock system of category 3, the value of
zAL will be measured on each axle which has at least one directly controlled wheel. For
example, for a two-axle rear-wheel drive vehicle with an anti-lock system acting only
on the rear axle (2), the adhesion utilized (epsilon) is given by:
1.2.6.
第3çš®ã®ã¢ã³ãããã¯ãã¬ãŒãã·ã¹ãã ãè£ åããè»äž¡ã®å ŽåãzALå€ã¯ãå°
ãªããšã1ã€ã®çŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªããã€åè»è»žã§æž¬å®ãããäŸãã°ãåŸèŒª2軞é§å
è»äž¡ã§ã¢ã³ãããã¯ã·ã¹ãã ãåŸè»žã®ã¿ã«äœçšãããã®ã«ã€ããŠã¯ãç²çå
å©çšçïŒÎµïŒã¯æ¬¡åŒã§æ±ããã
This calculation shall be made for each axle having at least one directly controlled
wheel.
ãã®èšç®ã¯ãå°ãªããšã1ã€ã®çŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡è»èŒªããã€åè»è»žã«ã€ããŠè¡ããã®
ãšããã
1.3.
If epsilon > 1.00, the measurements of coefficients of adhesion shall be repeated. A
tolerance of 10% is accepted.
1.3.
ε ïŒ 1.00 ã®å Žåãç²çä¿æ°ã®æž¬å®ãç¹°ãè¿ããã®ãšããã10%ã®å ¬å·®ãèª
ããããã
Annex 6 - Appendix 3
Performance on differing adhesion surfaces
éå6âä»é²3
ç°ãªãç²çè·¯é¢ã§ã®æ§èœ
1.
The prescribed braking rate referred to in paragraph 5.3.5. of this annex may be
calculated by reference to the measured coefficient of adhesion of the two surfaces on
which this test is carried out. These two surfaces must satisfy the conditions prescribed
in paragraph 5.3.4. of this annex.
1.
æ¬éåã®5.3.5é ã«å®ããå¶åçã¯ãæ¬è©Šéšãå®æœãã2ã€ã®è·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°
ã®æž¬å®å€ãçšããŠèšç®ããããšãã§ããããã®2ã€ã®è·¯é¢ã¯ãæ¬éåã®5.3.4
é ã«èŠå®ãããæ¡ä»¶ãæºãããªããã°ãªããªãã
2.
The coefficient of adhesion (kH and kL) of the high- and low-adhesion surfaces,
2.
é«ç²çè·¯é¢åã³äœç²çè·¯é¢ã®åç²çä¿æ°ïŒkHããã³kLïŒã¯ãæ¬éåã®ä»é²2ã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) respectively, shall be determined in accordance with the provisions in paragraph 1.1. of
Appendix 2 to this annex.
1.1é ã®èŠå®ã«åŸã£ãŠæ±ºå®ãããã®ãšããã
3. The braking rate (zMALS) for laden vehicles shall be: 3. ç©èŒç¶æ ã®è»äž¡ã®å¶åçïŒzMALSïŒã¯äžèšã®éããšããã
Annex 6 - Appendix 4
Method of selection of the low adhesion surface
éå6âä»é²4
äœç²çè·¯é¢ã®éžå®æ¹æ³
1.
Details of the coefficient of adhesion of the surface selected, as defined in paragraph
5.1.1.2. of this annex, must be given to the Technical Service.
1.
æ¬éåã®5.1.1.2é ã«èŠå®ããéžå®è·¯é¢ã®ç²çä¿æ°ã®è©³çŽ°ã¯ãæè¡æ©é¢ã«æäŸ
ããªããã°ãªããªãã
1.1.
These data must include a curve of the coefficient of adhesion versus slip (from 0 to
100 per cent slip) for a speed of approximately 40 km/h.
1.1.
åœè©²è©³çŽ°ã«ã¯ãçŽ 40 km/h ã®é床ã«ãããã¹ãªããçïŒ0 ãã 100%ã¹ãªããïŒ
ã«å¯Ÿããç²çä¿æ°ã®æ²ç·ãå«ãŸãªããã°ãªããªãã
1.1.1.
The maximum value of the curve will represent kpeak and the value at 100 per cent slip
will represent klock .
1.1.1.
æ²ç·ã®æ倧å€ã kpeakããã¹ãªããç 100%ã«ãããå€ã klockãè¡šãã
1.1.2.
The ratio R shall be determined as the quotient of the kpeak and klock.
1.1.2.
æ¯çRã¯ãkpeakãklockã§é€ããå€ãšããã
1.1.3.
The value of R shall be rounded to one decimal place.
1.1.3.
æ¯çRã¯ãå°æ°ç¬¬1äœã«äžžãããã®ãšããã
1.1.4.
The surface to be used must have a ratio R between 1.0 and 2.01.
1.1.4.
䜿çšè·¯é¢ã«ãããæ¯çRã¯ã1.0ãã2.0ã®éã«ãªããã°ãªããªã1ã
åã³
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 1 Until such test surfaces become generally available, a ratio R up to 2.5 is acceptable,
subject to discussion with the Technical Service.
1 ãã®ãããªè©Šéšè·¯é¢ãäžè¬ã«å©çšå¯èœã«ãªããŸã§ãæè¡æ©é¢ãšåè°ã®äž
ã§ãæ¯çRã¯2.5ãŸã§èªããããã
2.
Prior to the tests, the Technical Service shall ensure that the selected surface meets the
specified requirements and shall be informed of the following:
Test method to determine R,
Type of vehicle,
Axle load and tyres (different loads and different tyres have to be tested and the results
shown to the Technical Service which will decide if they are representative for the
vehicle to be approved).
2.
è©Šéšã«å ç«ã¡ãæè¡æ©é¢ã¯ãéžå®è·¯é¢ãèŠå®ã®èŠä»¶ãæºããããšã確èªãã
ãã®ãšããããã®éãäžèšã®æ å ±ãæäŸãããŠãããã®ãšããã
æ¯çRã決ããããã®è©Šéšæ¹æ³ã
è»äž¡ã®ååŒã
軞éåã³ã¿ã€ã€ïŒçš®ã ã®è»žéåã³çš®ã ã®ã¿ã€ã€ãè©Šéšãããã®çµæãæ瀺ã
ããããã«åºã¥ãããããçµæãèªå¯ãã¹ãè»äž¡ã代衚ãããåŠããæè¡æ©
é¢ã決å®ããïŒã
2.1.
The value of R shall be mentioned in the test report.
The calibration of the surface has to be carried out at least once a year with a
representative vehicle to verify the stability of R.
2.1.
è©Šéšæ瞟æžã«ã¯ãæ¯çRã®å€ãèšå ¥ãããã®ãšããã
è·¯é¢ã®èŒæ£ã¯ãæ¯ç R ã®å®å®æ§ã蚌æãããããå°ãªããšãæ¯å¹Ž 1 åãä»»æ
ã®ä»£è¡šè»äž¡ã§å®æœããªããã°ãªããªãã
Annex 7
Inertia dynamometer test method for brake linings
éå7
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®æ £æ§ãã€ãã¢ã¡ãŒã¿ãŒè©Šéšæ¹æ³
1. General 1. äžè¬èŠä»¶
1.1.
The procedure described in this annex may be applied in the event of a modification of
vehicle type resulting from the fitting of brake linings of another type to vehicles
which have been approved in accordance with this Regulation.
1.1.
æ¬éåã«è¿°ã¹ãæ¹æ³ã¯ãæ¬èŠåã«åŸã£ãŠæ¢ã«èªå¯ãããè»äž¡ã«ãå¥ã®ååŒã®
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ãåãä»ããããšã«ãããè»äž¡ååŒãå€æŽããªããã°ãª
ããªããšãã«é©çšããããšãã§ããã
1.2.
The alternative types of brake linings shall be checked by comparing their performance
with that obtained from the brake linings with which the vehicle was equipped at the
time of approval and conforming to the components identified in the relevant
1.2.
代æ¿ååŒã®ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®è©Šéšã¯ããã®æ§èœããåœè©²è»äž¡ãèªå¯ã®ãš
ãã«è£ åããŠãããã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ããåŸãããæ§èœãšæ¯èŒãããã€ãé¢
é£ããç³è«æžé¢ã«èšèŒãããæ§æéšåãšã®é©åæ§ã確èªããããšã«ããè¡
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) information document, a model of which is given in Annex 1 to this Regulation. ããã®ãšããããã®ç³è«æžé¢ã®èŠæ¬ãæ¬èŠåã®éå1ã«ç€ºãã
1.3.
The Technical Authority responsible for conducting approval tests may at its discretion
require comparison of the performance of the brake linings to be carried out in
accordance with the relevant provisions contained in Annex 3 to this Regulation.
1.3.
èªå¯è©Šéšãå®æœããæè¡æ©é¢ã¯ããã®è£éã«ãããåœè©²ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°
ã®æ§èœæ¯èŒããæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã«èšèŒããé¢é£èŠå®ã«åŸã£ãŠå®æœããããšã
èŠæ±ããããšãã§ããã
1.4.
Application for approval by comparison shall be made by the vehicle manufacturer or
by his duly accredited representative.
1.4.
æ¯èŒã«ããèªå¯ç³è«ã¯ãè»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒåã¯ãã®æ£èŠã®å§ä»»ä»£ç人ãè¡ããã®
ãšããã
1.5.
In the context of this annex "vehicle" shall mean the vehicle type approved according
to this Regulation and for which it is requested that the comparison shall be considered
satisfactory.
1.5.
æ¬éåã«ãããŠããè»äž¡ããšã¯ãæ¬èŠåã«åŸã£ãŠèªå¯ãããè»äž¡ååŒãæã
ãã®ãšããããã«ã€ããŠã®æ¯èŒãæºè¶³ã§ãããšã¿ãªããããèŠæ±ãããŠãã
ãã®ãããã
2. Test equipment 2. è©Šéšæ©åš
2.1.
A dynamometer having the following characteristics shall be used for the tests:
2.1.
æ¬è©Šéšã«ãããŠäœ¿çšãããã€ãã¢ã¡ãŒã¿ãŒã¯ãäžèšã®ç¹æ§ãæãããã®ãšã
ãã
2.1.1.
It shall be capable of generating the inertia required by paragraph 3.1. of this annex,
and have the capacity to meet the requirements prescribed by paragraph 1.5. of Annex
3 to this Regulation with respect to the Type-I fade test;
2.1.1.
æ¬è£ 眮ã¯ãæ¬éåã®3.1é ã§èŠæ±ãããæ £æ§åãçºçããèœåããã¡ãã¿ã€
ãIãã§ãŒãè©Šéšã«é¢ããŠãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã1.5é ã«èŠå®ãããŠããèŠä»¶ãæº
ãã容éãæãããã®ãšããã
2.1.2.
The brakes fitted shall be identical with those of the original vehicle type concerned;
2.1.2.
åãä»ããå¶åè£ çœ®ã¯ã該åœããå ã®è»äž¡ååŒã®ãã®ãšåäžã§ãããã®ãšã
ãã
2.1.3.
Air cooling, if provided, shall be in accordance with paragraph 3.4. of this annex;
2.1.3.
空æ°å·åŽè£ 眮ã¯ãããåããŠããã°ãæ¬éåã® 3.4 é ã«é©åãããã®ãšããã
2.1.4. 2.1.4.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) The instrumentation for the test shall be capable of providing at least the following
data;
è©Šéšçšèšæž¬èšåã¯ãå°ãªããšãäžèšã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ããããšãã§ãããã®ãš
ããã
2.1.4.1.
A continuous recording of disc or drum rotational speed;
2.1.4.1.
ãã£ã¹ã¯åã¯ãã©ã ã®å転é床ã®é£ç¶çãªèšé²ã
2.1.4.2.
Number of revolutions completed during a stop, to resolution not greater than one
eighth of a revolution;
2.1.4.2.
1/8 å転以äžã®å解èœã§èšæž¬ãããå¶åçµäºãŸã§ã®ç©ç®å転æ°ã
2.1.4.3.
Stop time;
2.1.4.3.
å¶åæéã
2.1.4.4.
A continuous recording of the temperature measured in the centre of the path swept by
the lining or at mid-thickness of the disc or drum or lining;
2.1.4.4.
ã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®æ©æŠé¢ã®äžå¿åã¯ãã£ã¹ã¯ããã©ã è¥ããã¯ã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®åã
ã®äžéã§æž¬å®ãã枩床ã®é£ç¶çãªèšé²ã
2.1.4.5.
A continuous recording of brake application control line pressure or force;
2.1.4.5.
å¶åå¶åŸ¡é 管å§ååã¯åã®é£ç¶çãªèšé²ã
2.1.4.6.
A continuous recording of brake output torque.
2.1.4.6.
å¶ååºåãã«ã¯ã®é£ç¶çãªèšé²ã
3. Test conditions 3. è©Šéšæ¡ä»¶
3.1.
The dynamometer shall be set as close as possible, with +/-5 per cent tolerance, to the
rotary inertia equivalent to that part of the total inertia of the vehicle braked by the
appropriate wheel(s) according to the following formula:
I = M R2
where:
I = rotational inertia (kgm2)
R = dynamic tyre rolling radius (m)
M = that part of the maximum mass of the vehicle braked by the appropriate wheel(s).
3.1.
ãã€ãã¢ã¡ãŒã¿ãŒã®åè»¢æ £æ§ã¯ãè»äž¡ã®å¶åæã«è©Šéšè»èŒªãåæ ããåè»¢æ £
æ§ããå ¬å·®Â±5%ã«æ¥µåçãããªãããã«ã次åŒã«ãã£ãŠç®åºãããã®ãšããã
I ïŒ M R2
ããã§ã
Iã¯ãåè»¢æ £æ§ïŒkgm2ïŒ
Rã¯ãã¿ã€ã€ã®åå転ååŸïŒmïŒ
Mã¯ãè»äž¡ã®å¶åæã«è©Šéšè»èŒªãåæ ããæ倧質éãäžèŒªãã€ãã¢ã¡ãŒã¿ãŒ
ã®å Žåããã®åè»¢æ £æ§ã¯ãæžé床ããæ¬èŠåãéå3ã®2.1.1(A)é ã«èŠå®ãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) In the case of a single-ended dynamometer, this part shall be calculated from the
design braking distribution when deceleration corresponds to the appropriate value
given in paragraph 2.1.1.(A) of Annex 3 to this Regulation.
ãé©åãªå€ã«äžèŽããå¶ååé åå€ããç®åºããã
3.2.
The initial rotational speed of the inertia dynamometer shall correspond to the linear
speed of the vehicle as prescribed in paragraph 2.1.1.(A) of Annex 3 to this Regulation
and shall be based on the dynamic rolling radius of the tyre.
3.2.
æ £æ§ãã€ãã¢ã¡ãŒã¿ãŒã®åæå転é床ã¯ãæ¬èŠåãéå 3 ã® 2.1.1(A)é ã«èŠ
å®ãããè»äž¡ã®ç·é床ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ãšããã¿ã€ã€ã®åå転ååŸã«åºã¥ãã
ã®ãšããã
3.3.
Brake linings shall be at least 80 per cent bedded and shall not have exceeded a
temperature of 180 degrees C during the bedding procedure, or alternatively, at the
vehicle manufacturer's request, be bedded in accordance with his recommendations.
3.3.
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã¯ãå°ãªããšã80%ã®æºãåããè¡ããã®ãšããæºãå
ãæé ã®éã枩床ã180âãè¶ ããªããã®ãšãããåã¯ãã®ä»£ãããšããŠã
è»äž¡ã¡ãŒã«ãŒãèŠè«ããå Žåã«ã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒã®æšå¥šã«åŸã£ãŠæºãåããè¡ã
ãã®ãšããã
3.4.
Cooling air may be used, flowing over the brake in a direction perpendicular to its axis
of rotation. The velocity of the cooling air flowing over the brake shall be not greater
than 10 km/h. The temperature of the cooling air shall be the ambient temperature.
3.4.
å¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœã®å転軞ã«åçŽãªæ¹åã«æµããå·åŽç©ºæ°ããå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœã«åœ
ãŠãŠããããå¶åè£ çœ®æ¬äœã«åœããå·åŽç©ºæ°ã®é床ã¯ã10 km/h ãè¶ ããªã
ãã®ãšãããå·åŽç©ºæ°ã®æž©åºŠã¯ãåšå²æž©åºŠãšåããã®ãšããã
4. Test procedure 4. è©Šéšæé
4.1.
Five sample sets of the brake lining shall be subjected to the comparison test; they shall
be compared with five sets of linings conforming to the original components identified
in the information document concerning the first approval of the vehicle type
concerned.
4.1.
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®äŸè©Šå5ã»ããã«å¯ŸããŠãæ¯èŒè©Šéšãè¡ããã®ãšããã
ãããã¯ã該åœããè»äž¡ååŒã®æåã®èªå¯ã«é¢ããè³æææžã«èšèŒãããã
å ã®æ§æéšåã«é©åããã©ã€ãã³ã°5ã»ãããšæ¯èŒãããã®ãšããã
4.2.
Brake lining equivalence shall be based on a comparison of the results achieved using
the test procedures prescribed in this annex and in accordance with the following
requirements.
4.2.
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®åçæ§ã¯ãæ¬éåã«èŠå®ãããè©Šéšæé ãçšãããã€ã
äžèšã®èŠä»¶ã«åŸã£ãŠåŸãããçµæã®æ¯èŒã«åºã¥ããã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 4.3.
Type-O cold performance test
4.3.
ã¿ã€ã-O äœæž©ææ§èœè©Šéš
4.3.1.
Three brake applications shall be made when the initial temperature is below 100
degrees C. The temperature shall be measured in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 2.1.4.4. of this annex.
4.3.1.
åæ枩床 100âæªæºã§ 3 åã®å¶åãå®æœãããã®ãšããã枩床ã¯æ¬éåã®
2.1.4.4 é ã®èŠå®ã«åŸã£ãŠæž¬å®ãããã®ãšããã
4.3.2.
Brake applications shall be made from an initial rotational speed equivalent to that
given in paragraph 2.1.1.(A) of Annex 3 to this Regulation, and the brake shall be
applied to achieve a mean torque equivalent to the deceleration prescribed in that
paragraph. In addition, tests shall also be carried out at several rotational speeds, the
lowest being equivalent to 30 per cent of the maximum speed of the vehicle and the
highest being equivalent to 80 per cent of that speed.
4.3.2.
å¶åäœåã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå3ã2.1.1(A)é ã«ç€ºããåæå転é床ã«çžåœããå
æå転é床ããå®æœãããã®ãšããåé ã«èŠå®ãããæžé床ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããå¹³å
ãã«ã¯ãšãªãããã«å¶åãããã®ãšããããŸããè©Šéšã¯ããã€ãã®ç°ãªãå
転é床ã§ãå®æœãããã®ãšãããã®æäœé床ã¯åœè©²è»äž¡ã®æé«é床ã®30%
ã«ãæé«é床ã¯åœè©²æé«é床ã®80%ã«çžåœãããã®ãšããã
4.3.3.
The mean braking torque recorded during the above cold performance tests on the
linings being tested for the purpose of comparison shall, for the same input
measurement, be within the test limits +/-15 per cent of the mean braking torque
recorded with the brake linings conforming to the component identified in the relevant
application for vehicle type approval.
4.3.3.
äžèšäœæž©ææ§èœè©Šéšäžã«ãæ¯èŒãç®çãšããŠè©Šéšãè¡ã£ãã©ã€ãã³ã°äžã§èš
é²ãããå¶åãã«ã¯å¹³åå€ã¯ãåäžã®å ¥å枬å®å€ã«å¯ŸããŠãé¢é£ããè»äž¡å
åŒèªå¯ç³è«æžã«èšèŒãããæ§æéšåã«é©åãããã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã§èšé²
ãããå¶åãã«ã¯å¹³åå€ã®è©Šéšéçã®Â±15%å ã«ãããã®ãšããã
4.4.
Type-I test (fade test)
4.4.
ã¿ã€ã-I è©ŠéšïŒãã§ãŒãè©ŠéšïŒ
4.4.1.
Heating procedure
4.4.1.
å ç±æ¹æ³
4.4.1.1.
Brake linings shall be tested according to the procedure given in paragraph 1.5.1. of
Annex 3 to this Regulation.
4.4.1.1.
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã¯ãæ¬èŠåã®éå 3ã1.5.1 é ã®æé ã«åŸã£ãŠè©Šéšãè¡ã
ãã®ãšããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 4.4.2.
Hot performance
4.4.2.
é«æž©ææ§èœ
4.4.2.1.
On completion of the tests required under paragraph 4.4.1. of this annex, the hot
braking performance test specified in paragraph 1.5.2. of Annex 3 to this Regulation
shall be carried out.
4.4.2.1.
æ¬éåã® 4.4.1 é ã§èŠæ±ãããè©Šéšã®å®äºåŸãæ¬èŠåã®éå 3ã1.5.2 é ã«èš
ããé«æž©ææ§èœè©Šéšãå®æœãããã®ãšããã
4.4.2.2.
The mean braking torque recorded during the above hot performance tests on the
linings being tested for the purpose of comparison shall, for the same input
measurement, be within the test limits +/-15 per cent of the mean braking torque
recorded with the brake linings conforming to the component identified in the relevant
application for vehicle type approval.
4.4.2.2.
äžèšé«æž©ææ§èœè©Šéšäžã«ãæ¯èŒãç®çãšããŠè©Šéšãè¡ã£ããã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³
ã°äžã§èšé²ãããå¶åãã«ã¯å¹³åå€ã¯ãåäžã®å ¥å枬å®å€ã«å¯ŸããŠãé¢é£ã
ãè»äž¡ååŒèªå¯ç³è«æžã«èšèŒãããæ§æéšåã«é©åãããã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³
ã°ã§èšé²ãããå¶åãã«ã¯å¹³åå€ã®è©Šéšéç±15%å ã«ãããã®ãšããã
5. Inspection of brake linings
Brake linings shall be visually inspected on completion of the above tests to check that
they are in satisfactory condition for continued use in normal service.
5. ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã®æ€æ»
ãã¬ãŒãã©ã€ãã³ã°ã¯ãéåžžã®äœ¿çšãç¶ç¶ããã®ã«ååãªç¶æ ã«ããããšã
確èªãããããäžèšè©ŠéšãçµäºåŸãç®èŠã«ããæ€æ»ãããã®ãšããã
Annex 8
Special requirements to be applied to the safety aspects of complex electronic
vehicle control systems
éå8
è€åé»åè»äž¡å¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã ã®å®å šæ§ã«é¢ããŠé©çšããç¹å¥èŠä»¶
1. General
This annex defines the special requirements for documentation, fault strategy and
verification with respect to the safety aspects of Complex Electronic Vehicle Control
Systems (definition 2.3.below) as far as this Regulation is concerned.
This annex may also be called, by special paragraphs in this Regulation, for safety
related functions which are controlled by electronic system(s).
1. äžè¬èŠä»¶
æ¬éåã¯ãæ¬èŠåãé¢ããç¯å²ã«ãããŠãè€åé»åè»äž¡å¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã ïŒäžèš
2.3.ã«å®çŸ©ïŒã®å®å šæ§ã«é¢ããæžé¡ãæ é察çåã³æ€èšŒã«ã€ããŠã®ç¹å¥èŠä»¶
ãå®ãããã®ã§ããã
æ¬éåã¯ãé»åã·ã¹ãã ãå¶åŸ¡ããå®å šã«é¢ä¿ããæ©èœã«é¢ããŠãæ¬èŠåã®
ç¹å¥ãªæ¡é ã«ããåç §ããå Žåãããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09)
This annex does not specify the performance criteria for "The System" but covers the
methodology applied to the design process and the information which must be
disclosed to the Technical Service, for type approval purposes.
This information shall show that "The System" respects, under normal and fault
conditions, all the appropriate performance requirements specified elsewhere in this
Regulation.
æ¬éåã¯ããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®æ§èœå€æèŠæºãå®ãããã®ã§ã¯ãªããèšèšéçš
ã«é©çšãããæ¹æ³è«åã³ååŒèªå¯ã®ç®çã«ãããŠãæè¡æ©é¢ã«é瀺ããªãã
ã°ãªããªãæ å ±ãå®ãããã®ã§ããã
ãã®æ å ±ã¯ããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ããéåžžç¶æ åã³æ éç¶æ ã«ãããŠãæ¬èŠåã®ä»
ã®æ¡é ã«èŠå®ãããŠãããã¹ãŠã®è©²åœããæ§èœèŠä»¶ã«é©åããããšã瀺ã
ãã®ãšããã
2. Definitions
For the purposes of this annex,
2. å®çŸ©
æ¬éåã®ç®ç
2.1.
"Safety concept" is a description of the measures designed into the system, for example
within the electronic units, so as to address system integrity and thereby ensure safe
operation even in the event of an electrical failure.
The possibility of a fall-back to partial operation or even to a back-up system for vital
vehicle functions may be a part of the safety concept.
2.1.
ãå®å šã³ã³ã»ããããšã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ã®ä¿å šæ§ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããã«ããé»æ°çæ
éçºçæã«ãããŠãå®å šãªåäœã確ä¿ããããã«ãã·ã¹ãã å ãäŸãã°é»å
ãŠãããã«çµã¿èŸŒãŸããæªçœ®ã®èšè¿°ãããã
éèŠãªè»äž¡æ©èœã«ãããéšåäœååã¯ããã¯ã¢ããã·ã¹ãã ã«åãæãã
å¯èœæ§ããå®å šã³ã³ã»ããã®äžéšãšããŠãããã
2.2.
"Electronic control system" means a combination of units, designed to co-operate in
the production of the stated vehicle control function by electronic data processing.
Such systems, often controlled by software, are built from discrete functional
components such as sensors, electronic control units and actuators and connected by
transmission links. They may include mechanical, electro-pneumatic or
electro-hydraulic elements.
"The System", referred to herein, is the one for which type approval is being sought.
2.2.
ãé»åå¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã ããšã¯ãé»åããŒã¿åŠçã«ããæå®ã®è»äž¡å¶åŸ¡æ©èœãå®
çŸããããã«å調ããŠäœåããããã«èšèšãããããŠãããã®çµåããã
ãã
ãããã·ã¹ãã ã¯ããœãããŠã§ã¢ã§å¶åŸ¡ãããå Žåãå€ããã»ã³ãµãé»åå¶
埡ãŠãããåã³ã¢ã¯ãã¥ãšãŒã¿ãªã©ã®åå¥æ©èœéšåã§æ§æãããäŒéãªã³ã¯
ã«ãã£ãŠæ¥ç¶ãããããããã®ã·ã¹ãã ã«ã¯ãæ©æ¢°åŒãé»æ°ç©ºå§åŒåã¯é»æ°
液å§åŒã®èŠçŽ ãå«ãã
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ããšã¯ãæ¬éåå ã§ã¯ååŒèªå¯ã®å¯Ÿè±¡ãšãªãã·ã¹ãã ã§ããã
2.3. 2.3.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) "Complex electronic vehicle control systems" are those electronic control systems
which are subject to a hierarchy of control in which a controlled function may be
over-ridden by a higher level electronic control system/function.
A function which is over-ridden becomes part of the complex system.
ãè€åé»åè»äž¡å¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã ããšã¯ãããå¶åŸ¡æ©èœããããé«åºŠã®é»åå¶åŸ¡
ã·ã¹ãã åã¯æ©èœã«ãã£ãŠç¡å¹ã«ããããå¶åŸ¡ã®éå±€æ§é ãæããé»åå¶åŸ¡
ã·ã¹ãã ãããã
ç¡å¹ã«ãããæ©èœã¯ãè€åã·ã¹ãã ã®äžéšãšãªãã
2.4.
"Higher-level control" systems/functions are those which employ additional processing
and/or sensing provisions to modify vehicle behaviour by commanding variations in
the normal function(s) of the vehicle control system.
This allows complex systems to automatically change their objectives with a priority
which depends on the sensed circumstances.
2.4.
ãé«åºŠå¶åŸ¡ãã·ã¹ãã åã¯æ©èœãšã¯ãè¿œå ã®åŠçåã³/åã¯æ€ç¥æ©èœãæãã
è»äž¡å¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã ã®éåžžæ©èœã«å€åæ瀺ãåºåããããšã«ãã£ãŠãè»äž¡ã®æ
åãä¿®æ£ãããã®ããããããã«ãã£ãŠè€ååã·ã¹ãã ã¯ãæ€ç¥ãããç¶æ³
ã«ãã£ãŠæ±ºå®ãããåªå é äœã«åºã¥ããèªãã®ç®çãèªåçã«å€æŽããããš
ãã§ããã
2.5.
"Units" are the smallest divisions of system components which will be considered in
this annex, since these combinations of components will be treated as single entities for
purposes of identification, analysis or replacement.
"Transmission links" are the means used for inter-connecting distributed units for the
purpose of conveying signals, operating data or an energy supply.
This equipment is generally electrical but may, in some part, be mechanical,
pneumatic, hydraulic or optical.
2.5.
ããŠãããããšã¯ãã·ã¹ãã æ§æéšåã®æå°åºåã§ãããæ¬éåã§èæ ®ãã
ããããã®æ§æéšåã®çµåããèå¥ã解æåã¯äº€æã®ç®çã«ãããŠäžäœãšã
ãŠæ±ãããã
ãäŒéãªã³ã¯ããšã¯ãä¿¡å·ãé転ããŒã¿åã¯äŸçµŠãšãã«ã®ãŒã®äŒéã®ããã«ã
åæ£ãããŠããããçžäºæ¥ç¶ããããã«äœ¿ãããæ段ãããã
ãã®è£ 眮ã¯ãäžè¬çã«é»æ°åŒãçšããããããéšåçã«æ©æ¢°åŒã空æ°å§åŒã
液å§åŒåã¯å åŠåŒã®å Žåãããã
2.7.
"Range of control" refers to an output variable and defines the range over which the
system is likely to exercise control.
2.7.
ãå¶åŸ¡ç¯å²ããšã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ãå¶åŸ¡ãããšèŠèŸŒãŸããåºåå€æ°ã®ç¯å²ãããã
2.8.
"Boundary of functional operation" defines the boundaries of the external physical
limits within which the system is able to maintain control.
2.8.
ãæ©èœäœåç¯å²ããšã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ãå¶åŸ¡ãç¶æããããšãã§ããç©ççãªå€
éšæ¡ä»¶ã®ç¯å²ãããã
3. Documentation 3. æžé¡
3.1. 3.1.
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) Requirements
The manufacturer shall provide a documentation package which gives access to the
basic design of "The System" and the means by which it is linked to other vehicle
systems or by which it directly controls output variables.
The function(s) of "The System" and the safety concept, as laid down by the
manufacturer, shall be explained.
Documentation shall be brief, yet provide evidence that the design and development
has had the benefit of expertise from all the system fields which are involved.
For periodic technical inspections, the documentation shall describe how the current
operational status of "The System" can be checked.
èŠä»¶
ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®åºæ¬èšèšåã³ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ããšä»ã®è»äž¡ã·ã¹
ãã ãšããªã³ã¯ããæ段åã¯ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ããåºåå€æ°ãçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡ããæ段
ã«ã€ããŠã説ææžé¡äžåŒãæåºãããã®ãšããã
説ææžé¡ã§ã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãèŠå®ãããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®æ©èœåã³å®å šã³ã³ã»ã
ãã説æããªããã°ãªããªãã
æžé¡ã¯ç°¡æœãªãã®ãšããããé¢ä¿ããã·ã¹ãã åéå šè¬ã®å°éç¥èãçãã
ãèšèšåã³éçºã§ããããšã蚌æãããã®ã§ãªããã°ãªããªãã
å®ææè¡æ€æ»ã®ããã«ãæžé¡ã«ã¯ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®çŸåšã®äœåç¶æ³ã®æ€æ»æ¹
æ³ãèšè¿°ããªããã°ãªããªãã
3.1.1.
Documentation shall be made available in 2 parts:
(a) The formal documentation package for the approval, containing the material listed
in Section 3 (with the exception of that of paragraph 3.4.4.) which shall be supplied to
the technical service at the time of submission of the type approval application. This
will be taken as the basic reference for the verification process set out in paragraph 4.
of this annex.
(b) Additional material and analysis data of paragraph 3.4.4., which shall be retained
by the manufacturer, but made open for inspection at the time of type approval.
3.1.1.
æžé¡ã¯ãäžèšã® 2 éšã«åããŠäœæãããã®ãšããã
(a) èªå¯çšã®æ£åŒãªèª¬ææžé¡äžåŒã¯ãïŒ3.4.4 é ã®æ²åºè³æãé€ãïŒ3 é ã«æ²åº
ãããè³æãå«ã¿ãååŒèªå¯ç³è«ã®æåºæã«æè¡æ©é¢ã«æåºãããã®ãšã
ãããã®æžé¡ã¯ãæ¬éå 4 é ã«å®ãããã確èªéçšã®åºæ¬åºæºãšããŠæ±ãã
(b) 3.4.4 é ã®è£è¶³è³æåã³è§£æããŒã¿ã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãä¿ç®¡ãããã®ãšãããã
ååŒèªå¯æã«é²èŠ§ãã§ããããã«ããã
3.2.
Description of the functions of "The System"
A description shall be provided which gives a simple explanation of all the control
functions of "The System" and the methods employed to achieve the objectives,
including a statement of the mechanism(s) by which control is exercised.
3.2.1.
A list of all input and sensed variables shall be provided and the working range of these
3.2.
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®æ©èœã®èª¬æ
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®ãã¹ãŠã®å¶åŸ¡æ©èœåã³å¶åŸ¡ãå®è¡ãããæ©æ§ã®èª¬æãå«ã
å¶åŸ¡æ©èœéææ段ããç°¡åã«èª¬æãããã®ãæåºãããã®ãšããã
3.2.1.
å ¥ååã³æ€ç¥ãããã¹ãŠã®å€æ°ã®ãªã¹ããæåºãããããã®å€æ°ã®å®çšç¯å²
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) defined.
3.2.2.
A list of all output variables which are controlled by "The System" shall be provided
and an indication given, in each case, of whether the control is direct or via another
vehicle system. The range of control (paragraph 2.7.) exercised on each such variable
shall be defined.
3.2.3.
Limits defining the boundaries of functional operation (paragraph 2.8.) shall be stated
where appropriate to system performance.
ãå®ãããã®ãšããã
3.2.2.
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ããå¶åŸ¡ãããã¹ãŠã®åºåå€æ°ã®ãªã¹ããæäŸããªããã°ãªã
ãªãããŸããåã ã®åºåå€æ°ããšã«ããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ããçŽæ¥å¶åŸ¡ããããä»
ã®ã·ã¹ãã ãä»ããŠå¶åŸ¡ããããåºå¥ããªããã°ãªããªããäžèšã®åã ã®åº
åå€æ°ã®å¶åŸ¡ç¯å²ïŒ2.7 é ïŒãå®ãããã®ãšããã
3.2.3.
ã·ã¹ãã æ§èœãä¿èšŒã§ããæ©èœäœåç¯å²ïŒ2.8 é ïŒãèšèŒãããã®ãšããã
3.3.
System layout and schematics
3.3.
ã·ã¹ãã ã®ã¬ã€ã¢ãŠãåã³å³è§£
3.3.1.
Inventory of components
A list shall be provided, collating all the units of "The System" and mentioning the
other vehicle systems which are needed to achieve the control function in question.
An outline schematic showing these units in combination, shall be provided with both
the equipment distribution and the interconnections made clear.
3.3.1.
æ§æéšåã®ç®é²
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®ãã¹ãŠã®ãŠããããç §åããåœè©²å¶åŸ¡æ©èœãéæãããã
ã«å¿ èŠãªä»ã®è»äž¡ã·ã¹ãã ã®ãªã¹ããæäŸãããã®ãšããã
ãããã®ãŠãããã®çµåãã瀺ããæŠç¥å³ãæäŸããè£ çœ®ã®é 眮åã³çžäºæ¥
ç¶ã®äž¡æ¹ãæ確ã«èšããã®ãšããã
3.3.2.
Functions of the units
The function of each unit of "The System" shall be outlined and the signals linking it
with other Units or with other vehicle systems shall be shown. This may be provided
by a labelled block diagram or other schematic, or by a description aided by such a
diagram.
3.3.2.
ãŠãããã®æ©èœ
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®åãŠãããã®æ©èœãæŠèª¬ããåœè©²ãŠããããä»ã®ãŠããã
åã¯ä»ã®è»äž¡ã·ã¹ãã ãšæ¥ç¶ããä¿¡å·ãæèšãããã®ãšããããã®æžé¡ã¯ã
å称ãå ¥ãããããã¯å³è¥ããã¯ãã®ä»ã®ç¥å³ãåã¯ãããå³è§£ãå ããŠæ
äŸããããšãã§ããã
3.3.3.
Interconnections
Interconnections within "The System" shall be shown by a circuit diagram for the
3.3.3.
çžäºæ¥ç¶
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãå ã®çžäºæ¥ç¶ã¯ãé»æ°åŒã«ããäŒéãªã³ã¯ã®å Žåã¯åè·¯å³ã§ã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) electrical transmission links, by an optical-fiber diagram for optical links, by a piping
diagram for pneumatic or hydraulic transmission equipment and by a simplified
diagrammatic layout for mechanical linkages.
å åŠåŒã«ããäŒéãªã³ã¯ã®å Žåã¯å ãã¡ã€ããŒå³ã§ã空æ°å§åŒåã¯æ¶²å§åŒã«
ããäŒéãªã³ã¯ã®å Žåã¯é 管å³ã§ãæ©æ¢°åŒã«ããäŒéãªã³ã¯ã®å Žåã¯ç¥å³ã¬
ã€ã¢ãŠãã§è¡šç€ºãããã®ãšããã
3.3.4.
Signal flow and priorities
There shall be a clear correspondence between these transmission links and the signals
carried between units.
Priorities of signals on multiplexed data paths shall be stated, wherever priority may be
an issue affecting performance or safety as far as this Regulation is concerned.
3.3.4.
ä¿¡å·ã®æµãåã³åªå é äœ
äžèšã®äŒéãªã³ã¯ãšãŠãããéãæµããä¿¡å·ã®éã«ã¯ãæ確ãªå¯Ÿå¿ãããã
ã®ãšããã
å€éããŒã¿éä¿¡ç·äžã®ä¿¡å·ã®åªå é äœã¯ãããããæ¬èŠåã«é¢ä¿ããæ§èœå
ã¯å®å šæ§ã«åœ±é¿ãåãŒãå Žåã¯ãå¿ ãèšèŒãããã®ãšããã
3.3.5.
Identification of units
Each unit shall be clearly and unambiguously identifiable (e.g. by marking for
hardware and marking or software output for software content) to provide
corresponding hardware and documentation association.
Where functions are combined within a single Unit or indeed within a single computer,
but shown in multiple blocks in the block diagram for clarity and ease of explanation,
only a single hardware identification marking shall be used.
The manufacturer shall, by the use of this identification, affirm that the equipment
supplied conforms to the corresponding document.
3.3.5.
ãŠãããã®èå¥
åãŠãããã¯ãæ確ã§ãææ§ãªãšããããªãããã«èå¥ããïŒäŸãã°ãããŒ
ããŠã§ã¢ã®å Žåã¯è¡šç€ºããœãããŠã§ã¢ã®å Žåã¯è¡šç€ºåã¯ãœãããŠã§ã¢ã®åºå
ã§ïŒã該åœããããŒããŠã§ã¢åã³æžé¡ã察å¿ããããã«ããã
1ã€ã®ãŠãããå åã¯ïŒã€ã®ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿å ã«è€æ°ã®æ©èœãçµã¿èŸŒãŸããŠã
ãå Žåã説æãæ確ãã€ç°¡åã«ããããã«ãããã¯å³ã§ã¯è€æ°ã®ãããã¯ãš
ããŠè¡šçŸãããŠããŠãããã ã²ãšã€ã®ããŒããŠã§ã¢èå¥è¡šç€ºã䜿çšãããã®
ãšããã
ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ããã®èå¥ã䜿çšããããšã«ãã£ãŠã䜿çšããæ©åšã察å¿ããæž
é¡ãšäžèŽããããšãä¿èšŒãããã®ãšããã
3.3.5.1.
The identification defines the hardware and software version and, where the latter
changes such as to alter the function of the unit as far as this Regulation is concerned,
this identification shall also be changed.
3.3.5.1.
äžèšã®èå¥ã¯ãããŒããŠã§ã¢åã³ãœãããŠã§ã¢ã®ããŒãžã§ã³ãç¹å®ãããæ¬
èŠåã«é¢ä¿ãããŠãããã®æ©èœãå€æŽãããªã©ã®ç®çã§ãœãããŠã§ã¢ã®ã
ãŒãžã§ã³ãå€æŽããå Žåã¯ããã®èå¥ãå€æŽãããã®ãšããã
3.4.
Safety concept of the manufacturer
3.4.
ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã®å®å šã³ã³ã»ãã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) 3.4.1.
The manufacturer shall provide a statement which affirms that the strategy chosen to
achieve "The System" objectives will not, under non-fault conditions, prejudice the
safe operation of systems which are subject to the prescriptions of this Regulation.
3.4.1.
ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®ç®çãéæããããã«éžã°ããææ³ããæ é
ã®ãªãç¶æ ã«ãããŠãæ¬èŠåã®èŠå®ã®å¯Ÿè±¡ãšãªãã·ã¹ãã ã®å®å šãªåäœã«æ¯
éãããããªãããšããæ確ã«è¡šæããªããã°ãªããªãã
3.4.2.
In respect of software employed in "The System", the outline architecture shall be
explained and the design methods and tools used shall be identified. The manufacturer
shall be prepared, if required, to show some evidence of the means by which they
determined the realisation of the system logic, during the design and development
process.
3.4.2.
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã«æ¡çšããããœãããŠã§ã¢ã«é¢ããŠã¯ãæ§é ã®æŠèŠã説æãã
䜿çšããèšèšæ¹æ³åã³ããŒã«ãç¹å®ãããã®ãšãããã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ãèŠè«ãã
ãã°ãèšèšåã³éçºã®éçšã«ãããŠã·ã¹ãã è«çãå®çŸããããšå€å®ããäœ
ããã®æ ¹æ ãæ瀺ããæºåããããã®ãšããã
3.4.3.
The Manufacturer shall provide the technical authorities with an explanation of the
design provisions built into "The System" so as to generate safe operation under fault
conditions. Possible design provisions for failure in "The System" are for example:
(a) Fall-back to operation using a partial system.
(b) Change-over to a separate back-up system.
(c) Removal of the high level function.
In case of a failure, the driver shall be warned for example by warning signal or
message display. When the system is not deactivated by the driver, e.g. by turning the
Ignition (run) switch to "off", or by switching off that particular function if a special
switch is provided for that purpose, the warning shall be present as long as the fault
condition persists.
3.4.3.
ã¡ãŒã«ãŒã¯ãæ éçºçæã«å®å šãªåäœã確ä¿ããããã«ããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã«
çµã¿èŸŒãŸããèšèšæ段ã®èª¬æããæè¡æ©é¢ã«æåºãããã®ãšããããæ¬ã·ã¹
ãã ãã®æ éã«å¯Ÿããèšèšæ段ãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°æ¬¡ã®ãã®ãæ³å®ã§ããã
(a) éšåçãªã·ã¹ãã ã䜿çšããåäœããæ©èœãžã®ç§»è¡ã
(b) ç¬ç«ããããã¯ã¢ããã·ã¹ãã ãžã®åãæãã
(c) é«åºŠæ©èœã®è§£é€ã
æ éãçºçããå ŽåãèŠå ±ä¿¡å·åã¯ã¡ãã»ãŒãžã®è¡šç€ºãªã©ã«ãã£ãŠé転è ã«
èŠåãããã®ãšãããé転è ãã€ã°ãã·ã§ã³ïŒå§åïŒã¹ã€ãããåããŠãåã
ã«ãããåã¯ç¹å®æ©èœçšã®å°çšã¹ã€ãããä»ããŠããå Žåã¯ãã®ã¹ã€ããã
åããªã©ã®åäœã«ãã£ãŠãã·ã¹ãã ãåæ¢ããªãå Žåã«ã¯ãæ éç¶æ ãç¶ã
éããèŠåãç¶ç¶ãããã®ãšããã
3.4.3.1.
If the chosen provision selects a partial performance mode of operation under certain
fault conditions, then these conditions shall be stated and the resulting limits of
3.4.3.1.
éžæããæ¡ä»¶ã§ãç¹å®ã®æ éç¶æ ã«ãããŠéšåçãªåäœã¢ãŒããéžæããå Ž
åã¯ããããæ éç¶æ ãæ瀺ããçµæãšããŠçããæ©èœéçãæ確ã«ããã
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) effectiveness defined. ã®ãšããã
3.4.3.2.
If the chosen provision selects a second (back-up) means to realise the vehicle control
system objective, the principles of the change-over mechanism, the logic and level of
redundancy and any built in back-up checking features shall be explained and the
resulting limits of back-up effectiveness defined.
3.4.3.2.
éžæããæ¡ä»¶ã§ãè»äž¡ã®å¶åŸ¡ã·ã¹ãã ã®ç®çãå®çŸããããã«ãè£å©ïŒãã
ã¯ã¢ããïŒæ段ãéžæããå Žåã¯ãåãæ¿ãæ©æ§ã®åçãè«çåã³åé·æ§ã®
ã¬ãã«ã䞊ã³ã«å èµãããããã¯ã¢ãã蚺ææ©èœã説æããçµæãšããŠçã
ãããã¯ã¢ããã®æ©èœéçãæ確ã«ãããã®ãšããã
3.4.3.3.
If the chosen provision selects the removal of the higher level function, all the
corresponding output control signals associated with this function shall be inhibited,
and in such a manner as to limit the transition disturbance.
3.4.3.3.
éžæããæ¡ä»¶ã§ãé«åºŠæ©èœã®è§£é€ãéžæããå Žåã¯ããããæ©èœã«é¢é£ãã
ãã¹ãŠã®åºåå¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·ãææ¢ãã移è¡æã®é害ãæå¶ãããã®ãšããã
3.4.4.
The documentation shall be supported, by an analysis which shows, in overall terms,
how the system will behave on the occurrence of any one of those specified faults
which will have a bearing on vehicle control performance or safety.
This may be based on a Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA), a Fault Tree
Analysis (FTA) or any similar process appropriate to system safety considerations.
The chosen analytical approach (es) shall be established and maintained by the
manufacturer and shall be made open for inspection by the technical service at the time
of the type approval.
3.4.4.
è»äž¡ã®å¶åŸ¡æ§èœåã¯å®å šæ§ã«åœ±é¿ãåãŒãæå®ã®æ éã®ãããããçºçã
ããšãã«ãã·ã¹ãã ãã©ã®ããã«åäœãããã®æŠèŠã瀺ã解æçµæãçšæ
ããæåºæžé¡ã®è£å©è³æãšããã
ãã®è£å©è³æã¯ãæ éã¢ãŒãåã³åœ±é¿è§£æïŒFMEAïŒãæ é暹解æïŒFTAïŒå
ã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã®å®å šæ§ãæ€èšããã®ã«é©ããé¡äŒŒã®ææ³ã«åºã¥ããã®ãšããŠ
ãããã
éžæãã解æçéçºææ³ã¯ãã¡ãŒã«ãŒãæºååã³ä¿ç®¡ãããã®ãšããååŒèª
å¯æã«æè¡æ©é¢ãé²èŠ§ã§ããããã«ããŠãããã®ãšããã
3.4.4.1.
This documentation shall itemise the parameters being monitored and shall set out, for
each fault condition of the type defined in paragraph 3.4.4. above, the warning signal
to be given to the driver and/or to service/technical inspection personnel.
3.4.4.1.
ãã®è£å©è³æã§ã¯ãç£èŠãããé ç®ãç®æ¡æžãã«ããäžèš 3.4.4 é ã«å®ãã
æ éã®çš®é¡ããšã«ãé転è åã³/åã¯ä¿®çæ åœè 䞊ã³ã«æè¡æ€æ»æ åœè ã«çº
ä¿¡ãããèŠåä¿¡å·ãèšèŒãããã®ãšããã
4. Verification and test 4. æ€èšŒåã³è©Šéš
4.1.
The functional operation of "The System", as laid out in the documents required in
4.1.
3 é ã§èŠæ±ããæžé¡ã«èšèŒãããæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®æ©èœåäœã¯ã以äžã®éãè©Š
UN-R13-H-01 (2017.02.09) paragraph 3., shall be tested as follows: éšãè¡ããã®ãšããã
4.1.1.
Verification of the function of "The System"
As the means of establishing the normal operational levels, verification of the
performance of the vehicle system under non-fault conditions shall be conducted
against the manufacturer's basic benchmark specification unless this is subject to a
specified performance test as part of the approval procedure of this or another
Regulation.
4.1.1.
ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®æ©èœã®æ€èšŒ
éåžžã®åäœã¬ãã«ã確èªããæ段ãšããŠãã¡ãŒã«ãŒã®åºæ¬çãªææšãšãªãä»
æ§ã«ç §ãããŠãæ éããªãæ¡ä»¶ã§ã®è»äž¡ã·ã¹ãã ã®æ§èœç¢ºèªãè¡ããã®ãšã
ãããã ããæ¬èŠååã¯ä»ã®èŠåã®èªå¯æé ã®äžéšãšããŠæå®ã®æ§èœè©Šéšã
é©çšãããå Žåã¯ãã®éãã§ã¯ãªãã
4.1.2.
Verification of the safety concept of paragraph 3.4.
The reaction of "The System" shall, at the discretion of the type approval authority, be
checked under the influence of a failure in any individual unit by applying
corresponding output signals to electrical units or mechanical elements in order to
simulate the effects of internal faults within the unit.
The verification results shall correspond with the documented summary of the failure
analysis, to a level of overall effect such that the safety concept and execution are
confirmed as being adequate.
4.1.2.
3.4 é ã®å®å šã³ã³ã»ããã®æ€èšŒ
ååŒèªå¯ãè¡ãè¡æ¿å®åºã®è£éã«ããããŠãããå éšã®æ éã®åœ±é¿ãæš¡æ¬ã
ããããåçã®åºåä¿¡å·ãé»æ°ãŠãããåã¯æ©æ¢°èŠçŽ ã«å ããããšã«ãã£
ãŠãåå¥ãŠãããå ã«çºçããæ éã®åœ±é¿ã®å ã§ã®ãæ¬ã·ã¹ãã ãã®åå¿ã
æ€æ»ããªããã°ãªããªããæ€èšŒçµæã¯ãå šäœç圱é¿ã®ã¬ãã«ã«ãããŠå®å šã³
ã³ã»ããåã³ãã®å®è¡ã®åŠ¥åœæ§ã確èªãããçšåºŠãŸã§ãææžåãããæ é解
æã®æŠèŠã«äžèŽãããã®ãšããã